Teacher´s Book
Mario González. Licenciado en Lengua, Literatura y Lingüística de la Universidad Francisco Marroquín. Diplomados de enseñanza de idiomas y literatura de habla inglesa en la Universidad de Cambridge en Inglaterra y Postdam en Alemania. Créditos Mario González, CEO, Curriculista y Editor de Acción Humana. Ben Buckwold, CEO de ESL Library Tanya Truslet, Directora de Desarrollo de Lenguaje de ESL Library Robyn Shesterniak, Directora Creativa de ESL lIbrary Eduardo Prauze, Jefe de Ingenieria de ESL Library Julia González, Diagramadora de Acción Humana.
www.accionhumanaong.site Email: mario@accionhumanaong.info Acción Humana ONG Eje Educativo Academia de Inglés Colección Functional English Libro: Functional English 1 Este libro es propiedad de Acción Humana
MODELO BASADO EN EL CIRCULO LINGUISTICO DE PRAGA
“Todos los derechos reservados. Prohibida la reproducción parcial o total de la obra. Arts. Const. 24, 42 y 63; Dto. 33-98 22/01/98 y su reforma DT.56-2000 01/11/00”
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Verb Tense Review 2 – The Perfect Tenses Table of Contents 2
Grammar Notes The 6 Perfect Tenses & Time Markers
5
Exercise 1 Present Perfect & Simple Past
6
Exercise 2 Present Perfect & Present Perfect Progressive
7
Exercise 3 Past Perfect & Past Perfect Progressive
7
Exercise 4 Future Perfect & Future Perfect Progressive
8
Exercise 5 All 6 Perfect Tenses
9
Exercise 6 All 6 Perfect Tenses
10
Exercise 7 All 12 Simple & Perfect Tenses
11
Exercise 8 Quiz: All 12 Simple & Perfect Tenses
12
Answer Key
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes THE 6 PERFECT TENSES & TIME MARKERS
A. Present Perfect & Present Perfect Progressive Present Perfect
Present Perfect Progressive
Form
Have / Has + Past Participle
Have / Has + Been + -ing Verb
Function
An action that starts in the past, continues to the present, and may continue to the future.
An undefined past action (we don’t know when the action occurred).
An action starts in the past, continues to the present, and will continue into the future.
Time Markers
• • •
(none required, though ever, never, already, still, and yet may be used)
• for • since • all
Example
I have studied English for five years.
I have been to Paris.
I have been living in New York City since 2006.
Tense
Diagram
for since all
Notes: 1. For and all indicate duration. • They have been traveling for six months. • We’ve been in a meeting all morning. 2. S ince shows the starting point. • He has played the guitar since May 2012. 3. Ever emphasizes “at any time in the past.” • Have you ever been to Europe?
4. Never emphasizes “at no time in the past.” • I’ve never been to Europe. 5. A lready emphasizes that an action has occurred. • We have already read this book. 6. Still and yet signify the intention to do something. • S he still hasn’t finished the assignment. • She hasn’t finished the assignment yet.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. B. Past Perfect & Past Perfect Progressive Tense
Past Perfect
Past Perfect Progressive
1
2
1
2
Diagram
Form
Had + Past Participle
Had + Been + -ing Verb
Function
The first past action finished before the second past action.
The first past action continued until the second past action.
Time Markers
• • • •
• by the time • when • before
Examples
I had finished dinner by the time he called me last night.
by the time when before after
(Note: The typical past markers last, yesterday, and ago are often additionally used.)
(Note: The typical progressive markers for and since are often additionally used.)
My sister had been studying English for 11 years before she entered university.
Note: In English, it is possible to begin a sentence with either an independent clause (with the past perfect/past perfect progressive verb) or a dependent clause (with the time marker) with no change in meaning. Remember to use a comma when a sentence begins with a dependent clause. • I had finished dinner by the time he called me last night. • B y the time he called me last night, I had finished dinner. • My sister had been studying English for 11 years before she entered university. • Before she entered university, my sister had been studying English for 11 years.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. C. Future Perfect & Future Perfect Progressive Tense
Future Perfect
Future Perfect Progressive
1
2
1
2
Diagram
Form
Will + Have + Past Participle
Will + Have + Been + -ing Verb
Function
The first future action will finish before the second future action.
The first future action will continue until the second future action.
Time Markers
• by the time • when • before
• by the time • when • before
Examples
(Note: The typical future markers next, tomorrow, and from now are often additionally used.)
I will have finished dinner by the time she calls me tonight.
(Note: The typical progressive marker for is often additionally used.)
I will have been studying for two hours by the time she calls me tonight.
Note: In English, it is possible to begin a sentence with either an independent clause (with the future perfect/future perfect progressive verb) or a dependent clause (with the time marker) with no change in meaning. Remember to use a comma when a sentence begins with a dependent clause. • I will have finished dinner by the time she calls me tonight. • By the time she calls me tonight, I will have finished dinner. • I will have been studying for two hours by the time she calls me tonight. • By the time she calls me tonight, I will have been studying for two hours.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 PRESENT PERFECT & SIMPLE PAST Write the simple past or present perfect form of the verb in parentheses.
has started 1. I’m late. The class already . (start)
2. I in a course a week ago. (enroll)
3. you preparing your presentation last night? (finish)
4. She me back yesterday. (call, not)
5. My accountant me the tax package. (give)
6. The athlete for hours on the weekend. (train)
7. I sang while I my house. (clean)
8. He the latest news. (hear, not)
9. I my face and I went to bed. (wash)
10. you for Paris yet? (leave)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 PRESENT PERFECT & PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE Change the present perfect into the present perfect progressive whenever it’s possible. 1. She has studied French for seven years. She has been studying French for seven years. 2. The old woman has lived in this apartment since 1976.
3. I have never been to this neighborhood before.
4. Our teacher has given us a lot of homework lately.
5. My brother has watched TV for the past two hours.
6. We have made an appointment to meet with the CEO.
7. Our waiter has only come by our table once.
8. Have you already seen this movie?
9. They have tried to fix the problem.
10. My mother hasn’t spoken to me about my behavior yet.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 PAST PERFECT & PAST PERFECT PROGRESSIVE Fill in the blanks with a verb from the box. Use the past perfect or the past perfect progressive tense. had written 1. The students their final exams before they graduated. 2. His sister for eight hours before her alarm clock rang. 3. My father for two hours by the time the doctor saw him. 4. By the time he left work for the day, Mr. Jones the report. 5. By the time she arrived at the restaurant, they home.
Word List: • • • • • •
wait go cook sleep write finish
6. My aunt for three hours before everyone showed up.
Exercise 4 FUTURE PERFECT & FUTURE PERFECT PROGRESSIVE Find and correct the error in each future perfect or future perfect progressive sentence. 1. S he will have been waiting for two hours by the time the doctor saw her.
4. H er teacher will have graded her final exam before she apply to university.
She will have been waiting for two hours by the time the doctor sees her. 2. M rs. Cooper will has been traveling for weeks by the time she has to return the rental car.
5. T he class will have been reading Chapter 4 before they begin Chapter 5.
3. M y friend will have been feeding his dog before he takes it to the vet.
6. By the time they will have been going to the national competition, the teammates will have been playing together for months.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 ALL 6 PERFECT TENSES
A. Speaking Tell your partner about your life’s accomplishments and your future plans. • T alk about your past achievements. Use the present perfect, past perfect, and/or past perfect progressive. • Talk about goals you are working toward now. Use the present perfect and/or present perfect progressive. • Talk about your future plans. Use the future perfect and/or future perfect progressive. Examples: • I had been learning French for four years by the time I was ten years old. • I have been married for 14 years. • I will have traveled all over the world for work before I retire.
B. Writing Now write about your partner’s life achievements and goals in your notebook. • Write two sentences about past achievements. Use the present perfect, past perfect, and/or past perfect progressive. • Write two sentences about goals he or she is working toward now. Use the present perfect and/or present perfect progressive. • Write two sentences about future plans. Use the future perfect and/or future perfect progressive. Examples: • L isa had received two science awards before she entered high school. • Lisa has been driving for six years. • Lisa will have been studying English for 25 years by the time she is 40.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 ALL 6 PERFECT TENSES Make sentences with the verb forms indicated below. Choose a suitable time marker for each sentence. Words in parentheses will be necessary for some tenses, but not for others. 1. she / finish dinner / he / called Past Perfect: She had finished dinner by the time he called. Future Perfect: She will have finished dinner by the time he calls. 2. my cousin / play / the guitar / several years Present Perfect: Present Perfect Progressive: 3. everyone / leave / my coworker / lock up Past Perfect: Future Perfect: 4. my friend / do / yoga / 1995 Present Perfect: Present Perfect Progressive: 5. you / sleep / eight hours / I / call / you Past Perfect Progressive: Future Perfect Progressive: 6. she / live / overseas / (get married) Present Perfect: Past Perfect: Future Perfect: 7. he / study / English / for five years / (2010 or 2020) Present Perfect Progressive: Past Perfect Progressive: Future Perfect Progressive:
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 7
Verb Tenses: • • • • • • • • • • • •
ALL 12 SIMPLE & PERFECT TENSES Write each verb in the correct verb tense to complete the story. Some tenses will be used more than once. If more than one tense is possible, try to list all the possibilities.
My Career Path was When I a child, I really 1. be
simple present present progressive simple past past progressive simple future future progressive present perfect present perfect progressive past perfect past perfect progressive future perfect future perfect progressive
2. want
to be a ballerina. By the time I ten years old, 3. be
I ballet for six years. One day, I onstage when I 4. practice
5. dance
and my ankle. I had to dancing for a while. 6. fall
7. twist
8. stop
After that, I interested in interior design. I hours 9. become
10. spend
rearranging my mother’s furniture. I a lot by the time I 11. learn, already
12. enter
college to my degree in interior design. 13. do
Now I at a design firm downtown. I my job! I 14. work
15. love
16. work
here for two years. I here for three years by the time I my own office. 17. work
18. get
I very satisfied at that time. 19. feel
In my life, I a lot of practice designing and decorating rooms. 20. have
I I quite good at it, too. 21. think
22. be
Can you that by the time I 65, I 23. believe
24. be
25. work
at the same company for 25 years? At that time, I I ready to retire. 26. think
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
27. be
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
10
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 8 QUIZ: ALL 12 SIMPLE & PERFECT TENSES Circle the correct verb tense for each sentence. 1. By the time she gets this message, we the meeting. a) will start b) will have been starting c) will have started d) are starting 2. My roommate must be tired. She for nine hours. a) am sleeping b) has been sleeping c) will have been sleeping d) will be sleeping 3. to Japan? a) Have you traveled b) Did you travel c) Are you traveled d) Had you traveled
6. By the time their friend arrived, they for three hours. a) will have been waiting b) have been waiting c) had been waiting d) are waiting 7. When he finishes preparing for his presentation, he home. a) will go b) goes c) will have gone d) will have been going 8. He had been studying for two hours when the doorbell . a) rang b) had been ringing c) was ringing d) had rung
4. Mr. Jacobs here since 1991. a) taught b) will be teaching c) is teaching d) has been teaching 5. My husband’s cell phone rang while he . a) had driven b) had been driving c) was driving d) drove
9. They by the time the university president resigns. a) will have been graduating b) had graduated c) had been graduating d) will have graduated 10. I what you mean. a) saw b) will be seeing c) see d) am seeing
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
11
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Adv
This review lesson includes exercises that combine the present
TIME:
perfect, present perfect progressive, past perfect, past perfect progressive, future perfect, and future perfect progressive tenses.
2 hours
TAGS: verb tenses, perfect tenses, present perfect, past perfect, future perfect, present perfect progressive,
Use this lesson as a review or quiz after studying the tenses
past perfect progressive, future perfect progressive,
separately. Students will also have a chance to try exercises
quiz, mixed tenses, perfect tense review,
that combine all 12 tenses.
verb tense review
Exercise 1
Exercise 4
1.
has, started
6.
trained
2.
enrolled
7.
cleaned
3.
Did, finish
8.
hasn’t heard
4.
didn’t call
9.
washed
5.
has given
10. Have, left
Exercise 2
1.
She will have been waiting for two hours by the time the doctor sees her.
2.
Mrs. Cooper will have been traveling for weeks by the time she has to return the rental car.
3.
My friend will have fed his dog before he takes it to the vet.
4.
Her teacher will have graded her final exam before she applies to university.
1.
She has been studying French for seven years.
2.
The old woman has been living in this apartment since 1976.
3.
Not possible.
4.
Our teacher has been giving us a lot of homework lately.
5.
My brother has been watching TV for the past two hours.
6.
Not possible.
7.
Not possible.
8.
Not possible.
9.
They have been trying to fix the problem.
5.
The class will have read Chapter 4 before they begin Chapter 5.
6.
By the time they go to the national competition, the teammates will have been playing together for months.
Exercise 5 Individual answers.
(continued on the next page...)
10. Not possible.
Exercise 3 1.
had written
4.
had finished
2.
had been sleeping
5.
had gone
3.
had been waiting
6.
had been cooking
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
12
Verb Tense Review 2
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 6
Exercise 8
Time markers will vary.
1. c
3. a
5. c
7. a
9. d
2. b
4. d
6. c
8. a
10. c
1.
She had finished dinner by the time he called. She will have finished dinner by the time he calls.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
My cousin has played the guitar for several years.
SPELLING NOTE:
My cousin has been playing the guitar for several years.
This lesson shows the American spelling of the words
Everyone had left by the time the coworker locked up.
Neighborhood, Behavior, Traveling, Traveled, and Practice. Most
Everyone will have left by the time my coworker locks up.
other English-speaking countries spell these words this way:
My friend has done yoga since 1995.
Neighbourhood, Behaviour, Travelling, Travelled, and Practise
My friend has been doing yoga since 1995.
(when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Also note
You had been sleeping for eight hours by the time I called you.
that Toward is preferred in North American English, while
You will have been sleeping for eight hours by the time I call you.
Towards is preferred in British English. Make it a challenge
She has lived overseas.
for your students to find these words in the lesson and see
She had lived overseas before she got married.
if they know the alternate spellings.
She will have lived overseas before she gets married. 7.
He has been studying English for five years. He had been studying English for five years by 2010. He will have been studying English for five years by 2020.
EDITOR’S NOTES: Our Grammar Practice Worksheets, Basic Grammar Sentences, Grammar Stories, and Simple Sentences sections have many verb tense lessons for further practice.
Exercise 7
•
1.
was
2.
wanted
3.
was
4.
had been practicing
5.
was dancing
18. get
6.
fell
19. will feel / will be feeling
7.
twisted
20. have had
8.
stop
21. think
9.
became
22. am
https://esllibrary.com/courses/88/lessons
16. have been working / have worked 17. will have been working /
Grammar Practice Worksheets
•
Basic Grammar Sentences https://esllibrary.com/courses/89/lessons
will have worked •
Grammar Stories https://esllibrary.com/courses/90/lessons
Refer to our blog post, 100 Days of Grammar, for teaching tips, charts, and examples of the individual verb tenses: http://blog.esllibrary.com/2014/07/24/100-days-of-grammar/
10. spent
23. believe
11. had already learned
24. am
Try Verb Tense Review 1 – The Simple Tenses for a review
12. entered
25. will have been working /
of the simple present, present progressive, simple past,
13. do
will have worked
14. am working / work
26. think
15. love
27. will be
past progressive, simple future, and future progressive: https://esllibrary.com/courses/88/lessons/1963
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
13
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Past Perfect Table of Contents 2
Grammar Notes
4
Exercise 1 Matching
5
Exercise 2 Fill in the Blanks
6
Exercise 3 By the Time
7
Exercise 4 Negative Sentences
8
Exercise 5 Pair Work
10
Exercise 6 Writing
11
Exercise 7 Review (Past Perfect, Present Perfect & Simple Past)
12
Answer Key
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes PAST PERFECT
A. Introduction The past perfect is used for two actions that occurred at different times in the past. In a past perfect sentence, the first past action (further in the past) uses the past perfect, and the second past action (more recent) uses the simple past.
Past Perfect 6:00 pm
8:00 pm
She ate dinner.
I called her.
1
2
Diagram
•
She had eaten dinner by the time I called her.
•
By the time I called her, she had eaten dinner.
Form
had + past participle
Function
one past action happened before another past action
Time Markers
• by the time • when • before
(Note that other time markers such as yesterday, last, ago, already, just, still, and yet are often additionally used.)
• Everyone had left by the time I locked up. • I had already sent email about the missing stop sign before they fixed it. Examples
• By the time my girlfriend woke up, the movie had ended. • Had you already heard the news when I texted you? • They couldn’t hand in their group project because one member hadn’t finished her section yet.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. B. Notes Note #1
Note #4
When the dependent (time) clause begins the sentence, we usually use a comma. We don’t need a comma when the independent clause begins the sentence. There is no change in meaning.
The past perfect is not as common as the simple past. In fact, we can use the simple past instead of the past perfect, especially in informal situations (mostly when a time marker other than “by the time” is used). There is no change in meaning.
• By the time I graduated, I had made many new business contacts. • I had made many new business contacts by the time I graduated.
Note #2 Instead of a dependent clause, we can use an adverb phrase of time (note that a phrase has no subject or past verb). Examples of typical phrases include by July 2010, by 6:00 last night, by the weekend, etc. • B y August 2017, they had completed the additions to the building.
• I had shut down my computer before I left the house. • I shut down my computer before I left the house. (more common)
Bonus: Can you figure out the meaning of this sentence?
All the faith he had had had had no effect on the outcome of his life.
• She had already left the office by 2:00 pm yesterday.
Note #3 The past perfect action can be repeated, or there could be multiple actions before the final one. • I had texted my son five times before he got back to me. • H e had cleaned his room, made dinner, and done his homework by the time I got home.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 MATCHING Match the first part of the sentence on the left with the correct ending on the right. g
1.
Her plants died because...
a) she had lost her doll.
2.
He couldn’t buy the new computer because...
b) she had left her purse at home.
3.
The kids couldn’t fall asleep last night because...
c) she had already left the office.
4.
The little girl was crying because...
d) he hadn’t studied at all.
5.
I didn’t have to buy groceries because...
e) he had spent all his money.
6.
He failed his exam because...
f) she had forgotten to set the alarm.
7.
The man bought a new camera because...
g) she hadn’t watered them.
8.
My sister couldn’t pay for lunch because...
h) they had watched a scary movie.
9.
The woman slept late because...
i) I had gone shopping the day before.
10. I couldn’t speak to the boss because...
j) he had lost his old one.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 FILL IN THE BLANKS Write the past perfect tense of the verbs below the blanks. had already corrected Ex. The teacher all the students’ tests. (correct)
1. When I got to the house, Mary wasn’t there. She already . (leave)
2. I didn’t recognize my old classmate because she so much. (change)
3. We missed the beginning of the movie. When we got to the theater, it already . (start)
4. I was very nervous for my first plane trip because I never before. (fly)
5. I couldn’t eat much dinner last night because I such a big lunch. (have)
6. I couldn’t make dinner yesterday. When I got to the supermarket, it already . (close)
7. Last week, our teacher gave back the essays we the week before. (write)
8. The house was quiet when he got home. Everyone to bed several hours earlier. (go)
9. They got to school late yesterday. The bell already . (ring)
10. Aisha couldn’t come to my house last night because she already other plans. (make)
11. We couldn’t find the house. It was clear that he us the wrong address. (give)
12. Annie didn’t want to come to the movie with us because she it the week before. (see)
13. By the time the police arrived at the bank, the robber already . (escape)
14. I couldn’t get into my house last night because I my key. (forget)
15. They just at the resort when they heard about the incoming hurricane. (arrive)
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 BY THE TIME Use the prompts to make a past perfect sentence with “by the time” and “already.” Ex. I missed my plane. (airport / plane take off) By the time I got to the airport, the plane had already taken off. 1. I missed the show. (theater / movie start)
2. I couldn’t get my prescription. (drugstore / close)
3. I couldn’t say goodbye to my friends. (call their house / they leave)
4. I didn’t get the job. (I apply / they hire someone else)
5. We couldn’t buy the house. (we see / someone else make an offer)
6. The house was destroyed. (the firemen arrive / house burn down)
7. I didn’t get to taste her chocolate cake. (I arrive / her children eat whole cake)
8. I didn’t see her when she was sick. (I go hospital / she go home)
9. I didn’t see the game. (I turn on TV / game finish)
10. I missed my daughter’s performance. (I arrive concert / my daughter finish her song)
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES Complete the negative sentences using the past perfect tense. I hadn’t cleaned it for weeks. Ex. My house was very dirty when she came over because
.
1. Joe had to study hard for yesterday’s test because
.
(I / not clean / for weeks)
(he / not do well / the week before)
2. I was worried when she didn’t arrive on time because . (she / not be / late / before)
3. Cala didn’t want to go on the school ski trip because . (she / not ski / before)
4. I didn’t recognize Ellen at the party because . (I / not see / for years)
5. Franco didn’t catch the bus because . (he / not leave / the house / on time)
6. Andy ate a huge supper last night because . (he / not eat / all day)
7. The farmers’ fields were very dry because . (it / not rain / for weeks)
8. Roberta’s hair looked messy last night because . (she / not comb / all day)
9. Talitha was exhausted yesterday because . (she / not sleep / well / for several days)
10. I was so happy when I got to the theater because . (the movie / not start / yet)
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 PAIR WORK
A. Speaking Fill in the schedule with things you did yesterday. Then, with a partner, take turns asking and answering past perfect questions with already and yet.
Example: A:
What had you already done by 3:00 pm yesterday?
B:
I had already gone for a jog by 3:00 pm yesterday. By 7:00 pm yesterday, what hadn’t you done yet?
A:
By 7:00 pm yesterday, I hadn’t finished my homework yet.
Schedule 7:00 am 9:00 am 11:00 am 12:00 pm 1:00 pm 3:00 pm 5:00 pm 7:00 pm 9:00 pm 11:00 pm
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 cont. B. Writing Write your partner’s answers in the spaces below using the past perfect tense. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 WRITING Write a few paragraphs on the goals you have and haven’t accomplished in your life so far. Use the past perfect tense as often as possible.
Example: When I was young, I wanted to be a journalist. By the time I was 12 years old, I had already had a paper route for two years. By my thirteenth birthday, I had read countless newspaper articles, but I hadn’t written any stories of my own yet…
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
10
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 7 REVIEW Complete the following sentences using the correct form and tense of the verb provided. Use the past perfect, present perfect, or simple past tense. didn’t get Ex. Vicky to class on time yesterday. (get)
arrived had started By the time she , the class . (arrive)
(start)
1. I was disappointed when I at the party last night, (arrive)
because most of my friends already home. (go)
2. I never to France, but I would love to go. (be)
3. I some friends to come for dinner last night, (invite)
but they couldn’t come because they already other plans. (make)
4. It is still snowing. It to snow last night and it yet. (start)
(not, stop)
5. I to a concert last night. (go)
I it so much because to a concert for several years. (enjoy)
(not, go)
6. I home quite late last night. My children already asleep. (get)
(fall)
7. I know the new neighbors. I them last week. (meet)
8. Last night, I the evening with my friends. (spend)
I wanted to go bowling because I never bowling before. (go)
9. Dalia is still sick. She a bad cold for over a week. (have)
10. Eduardo wants to buy a new car. He this one for 12 years. (own)
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
11
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: High Int – Adv
Students learn how and when to use the past perfect tense
TIME:
in English. This lesson includes an exercise that combines the past perfect, simple past, and present perfect tenses.
2 hours
TAGS: past perfect, simple past, present perfect, verbs, verb tenses, grammar, grammar exercises
Grammar Notes
Exercise 3
B. NOTES
1.
By the time I got to the theater, the movie had already started.
2.
By the time I got to the drugstore, it had already closed.
Bonus answer:
3.
By the time I called their house, they had already left.
See if your students can figure out this sentence that went viral
4.
By the time I applied, they had already hired someone else.
on the Internet a while back. If they can’t, try explaining it to
5.
By the time we saw the house,
them this way:
someone had already made an offer.
Think of the first part of the sentence like this: He had had a lot of faith by the time he was an old man. Think of the second part of the sentence like this: His faith had had no effect on the outcome of his life by the time he was an old man. If you join them together, and the context of age is implied, then you can get this result: All the faith he had had [subject] had had [main verb] no effect [object] on the outcome of his life.
6.
By the time the firemen arrived, the house had already burned down.
7.
By the time I arrived, her children had already eaten the whole cake.
8.
By the time I got to the hospital, she had already gone home.
9.
By the time I turned on the TV, the game had already finished.
10. By the time I arrived at the concert, my daughter had already finished her song.
Exercise 1
Exercise 4
1. g
3. h
5. i
7. j
9. f
2. e
4. a
6. d
8. b
10. c
Exercise 2 1.
had already left
9.
had already rung
2.
had changed
10. had already made
3.
had already started
11. had given
4.
had never flown
12. had seen
5.
had had
13. had escaped
6.
had already closed
14. had forgotten
7.
had written
15. had just arrived
8.
had gone
1.
...he hadn’t done well the week before.
2.
...she hadn’t been late before.
3.
...she hadn’t skied before.
4.
...I hadn’t seen her for years.
5.
...he hadn’t left the house on time.
6.
...he hadn’t eaten all day.
7.
...it hadn’t rained for weeks.
8.
...she hadn’t combed it all day.
9.
...she hadn’t slept well for several days.
10. ...the movie hadn’t started yet. (continued on the next page...)
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
12
Past Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 5 Answers will vary.
Exercise 6 Answers will vary.
Exercise 7 1.
arrived, had already gone
2.
have never been
3.
invited, had already made
4.
started, hasn’t stopped
5.
went, enjoyed, had not gone
6.
got, had already fallen
7.
met
8.
spent, had never gone
9.
has had
10. has owned SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Theater and Neighbors. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Theatre and Neighbours. Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: For practice comparing the past perfect with the past perfect progressive tense, please see our past perfect progressive lesson: https://esllibrary.com/courses/88/lessons/1993
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
13
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Past Perfect Progressive Table of Contents 2
Grammar Notes Past Perfect Progressive / Past Perfect Vs. Past Perfect Progressive
5
Exercise 1 Fill in the Blanks
6
Exercise 2 Find the Error
7
Exercise 3 Past Perfect Progressive Sentences
8
Exercise 4 Past Perfect Vs. Past Perfect Progressive
9
Exercise 5 Pair Work
10
Exercise 6 Quiz
11
Answer Key
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
1
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes A. The Past Perfect Progressive The past perfect progressive (also called the past perfect continuous) is used for discussing two past actions, where the first action continues to the second action. The past perfect progressive is not that common in English, but it is needed occasionally in formal speaking and writing.
Tense
Past Perfect Progressive
Diagram
1
2
Form
had + been + -ing verb
Function
Two actions occurred in the past. The first (long) action continued to the second (short) action.
Time Markers
• by the time • when • before
Examples
(Note that for and since are also commonly used to indicate the duration of the first action.)
• I had been studying for two hours by the time he called me last night. • We had been waiting for more than three weeks when the package finally arrived. • Before I completed the presentation, I had been talking for over an hour.
Note #1 When forming the past perfect in English, the independent clause uses had + been + -ing verb and the dependent clause takes the simple past. Remember that the dependent clause can come before or after the independent clause. When it comes before the independent clause, use a comma. • She had been talking for two hours by the time he asked to use the phone. • B y the time he asked to use the phone, she had been talking for two hours.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
2
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. A. The Past Perfect Progressive cont. Note #2
Note #3
Sometimes the dependent clause is just an adverb phrase of time and not a complete sentence with a past verb. Examples of typical phrases include by July 2010, by 6:00 last night, etc.
The past perfect progressive is quite formal. Often, in informal speaking and writing, the past progressive can be used instead with the same meaning.
• B y August 1998, she had been living in California for eight years.
• W e had been waiting for two hours when he arrived. (formal)
• They had been preparing for the meeting for 24 hours by 10:00 am yesterday.
• W e were waiting for two hours when he arrived. (informal)
Note #4 This verb tense has three parts to it! Here’s how it is formed: Past Perfect = had + past participle (e.g., had studied) Progressive = be + -ing verb (e.g., be studying) The Past Participle of Be (the first part of the progressive form) = been Final Result = had + been + -ing verb
Past Perfect
had +
past participle
Progressive
Past Perfect Progressive
had +
Example
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
be +
-ing verb
been +
-ing verb
I had been studying.
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
3
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. B. The Past Perfect Vs. The Past Perfect Progressive How can we tell when the past perfect tense is needed instead of the past perfect progressive? With the past perfect, two past actions happen at different times. The first action was finished before the second one occurred. Compare these two tenses in the chart below.
Tense
Past Perfect
Past Perfect Progressive
Diagram
1
2
1
2
Form
had + past participle
had + been + -ing verb
Function
The first past action finished before the second past action.
The first past action continued until the second past action.
Time Markers
• • • •
• by the time • when • before
Examples
by the time when before after
(Note: The typical past markers last, yesterday, and ago are often additionally used.)
(Note: The typical progressive markers for and since are often additionally used.)
• My friend had texted me five times before I answered.
• My sister had been studying English for 11 years before she entered university.
• I had finished dinner by the time he called me last night.
• W e had been waiting since 5:00 pm when she finally arrived two hours later.
• B y the time she got home, someone had fixed the door.
• W hen he called me at midnight, I hadn’t been sleeping for very long.
• Had you already made plans when I invited you for coffee yesterday?
• H ad you been traveling all night by the time you got to your hotel?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
4
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 FILL IN THE BLANKS Write the past perfect progressive form of the verbs in parentheses. had been doing Ex. By the time she called me, I my homework for three hours. (do)
1. She university for six years before she graduated. (attend)
2. He for nine hours by 8:00 am. (sleep)
3. By the time she got to my house, I for ages. (clean)
4. We for 45 minutes before you joined us. (hang out)
5. I here long before I moved to a new apartment. (live, not)
6. My friend at our company for eight years before he quit. (work)
7. The security guard the building all night by the time I got to the office. (patrol)
8. By 11:00 pm last night, we for only an hour. (sleep)
9. he long when she finally arrived? (wait)
10. the children quietly before their mother got home? (play)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
5
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 FIND THE ERROR Find one error in each sentence and correct it on the line below. Ex. By the time my friend arrive, I had been watching TV for two and a half hours. B y the time my friend arrived, I had been watching TV for two and a half hours. 1. My parents had traveling for six months when their motor home broke down.
2. By the time John had been getting home, his roommates had been watching the game for an hour.
3. She had been studied English for ten years when she graduated.
4. You have been playing the drums for eight years by the time you turned 18.
5. Jacob had been living in China for five months before he returns home.
6. I had been reading for half an hour by time she came over.
7. By the time my daughter turned 19, I had been teaching her to drive since three years.
8. The staff members have been working for nine hours straight by the time their manager got back to the office.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
6
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 PAST PERFECT PROGRESSIVE SENTENCES Write sentences using the past perfect progressive tense. The first sentence should start with a dependent clause, and the second should start with an independent clause. Watch your punctuation. Ex. We / go / on vacation / it / rain / two weeks By the time we went on vacation, it had been raining for two weeks. It had been raining for two weeks by the time we went on vacation. 1. They / ask / directions / they / drive around / hours
2. This time last week / Lisa / lie / in bed with the flu / six days
3. She / 25 / she / speak / three languages / for a decade
4. He / get hired / my brother / look for a job / seven months
5. They / reach / an agreement / the rival companies / negotiate / 72 hours
6. She / get / black belt / my daughter / take / karate lessons / 2011
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
7
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 PAST PERFECT VS. PAST PERFECT PROGRESSIVE Write the verbs in parentheses in the past perfect or past perfect progressive tense. had been taking Ex. By the time my coworker bought a new car, she the bus for 11 years. (take)
1. My friends to the party by the time I got home. (go)
2. They for months when their moving day finally arrived. (pack)
3. Everyone the office by the time I finished work. (leave)
4. My son at home for 18 years by the time he left for university. (live)
5. When the doctor finally saw me, I for an hour and a half. (wait)
6. By this time last month, she at this company for 12 years. (work)
7. My neighbor his deck for a week before I complained about the noise. (renovate)
8. you eating before they came over? (finish)
9. By the time the ceremony was over, we that we wouldn’t go again next year. (decide)
10. you here long before the meeting started? (sit)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
8
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 PAIR WORK
A. Speaking Think back on your life so far. What had you accomplished at age 10, 15, 16, 19, 20, etc.? Tell your partner about some of the things you’d done at certain ages. Use the past perfect and the past perfect progressive.
Examples: • W hen I graduated from high school, I had been studying English for five years. • I had traveled to Europe twice by the time I was 15.
B. Writing Now write down several of the accomplishments that your partner told you about.
Example: • B y the time my partner was 30, she had been going to the gym for six years.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
9
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 QUIZ Circle the correct verb tense for each sentence. 1. Mark sick for an hour before his boss sent him home. a) had been feeling b) had been feel c) had being feeling d) had be feel 2. B y the time our kids finished their homework, the sun . a) had been setting b) setting c) set d) had set 3. B y the time she , he had already left. a) calls b) called c) had called d) had been calling 4. They shopping by the time the mall closed. a) hadn’t finished b) hadn’t been finishing c) are not finished d) are not finishing 5. M y friend had been helping me with my homework all night before she asleep. a) felt b) falling c) fell d) fall
6. B y the time you me up, I had been sleeping for nine hours. a) wake b) woken c) had woken d) woke 7. B efore I finished my report, I it for over a week. a) wrote b) had written c) am writing d) had been writing 8. She to get an appointment for days by the time a spot opened up. a) had been trying b) had tried c) had trying d) tried 9. T hey were happy that they their house before the end of the year. a) had selling b) had sold c) were sold d) had been selling 10. Her dog for two days by the time she took it to the vet. a) hadn’t be eating b) had been eating c) hadn’t been eating d) had be eating
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
10
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Adv
In this lesson, students learn how and when to use the past perfect
TIME:
progressive tense in English. It also includes exercises that combine the past perfect and past perfect progressive tenses.
2 hours
TAGS: past perfect, past perfect progressive, simple past, verbs, verb tenses, mixed tenses, grammar, grammar exercises
Exercise 1
Exercise 3
1.
had been attending
6.
had been working
2.
had been sleeping
7.
had been patrolling
3.
had been cleaning
8.
had been sleeping
4.
had been hanging out
9.
Had, been waiting
5.
hadn’t been living
10. Had, been playing
Time markers may vary. 1.
driving around for hours. / They had been driving around for hours by the time they asked for directions. 2.
My parents had been traveling for six
in bed with the flu for six days by this time last week. 3.
By the time John got home, his roommates had been watching the game for an hour.
3. 4.
languages for a decade by the time she was 25. 4.
You had been playing the drums for
for a job for seven months by the time he got hired. 5.
6.
I had been reading for half an hour by the time she came over.
7.
By the time my daughter turned 19, I had been teaching her to drive for three years.
8.
The rival companies had been negotiating for 72
Jacob had been living in China for five months before he returned home.
The staff members had been working for nine hours
By the time they reached an agreement, the rival companies had been negotiating for 72 hours. /
eight years by the time you turned 18. 5.
By the time he got hired, my brother had been looking for a job for seven months. / My brother had been looking
She had been studying English for ten years when she graduated.
By the time she was 25, she had been speaking three languages for a decade. / She had been speaking three
months when their motor home broke down. 2.
By this time last week, Lisa had been lying in bed with the flu for six days. / Lisa had been lying
Exercise 2 1.
By the time they asked for directions, they had been
hours by the time they reached an agreement. 6.
By the time she got her black belt, my daughter had been taking karate lessons since 2011. / My daughter had been taking karate lessons since 2011 by the time she got her black belt.
(continued on the next page...)
straight by the time their manager got back to the office.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
11
Past Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 4
SPELLING NOTE:
1.
had gone
6.
had been working
2.
had been packing
7.
had been renovating
3.
had left
8.
Had, finished
4.
had been living
9.
had decided
5.
had been waiting
10. Had, been sitting
This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Traveled, Traveling, and Neighbor. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Travelled, Travelling, and Neighbour. Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE:
Exercise 5
If your students need more practice, try our Grammar Practice Worksheets lesson on the Past Perfect:
Answers will vary.
https://www.esllibrary.com/courses/88/lessons/1599
Exercise 6
You may also want to point out that the simple past is often substituted for (and is much more common than) the past
1.
a) had been feeling
6.
d) woke
perfect. The past progressive can replace the past perfect
2.
d) had set
7.
d) had been writing
progressive as well. Advanced students should be able to
3.
b) called
8.
a) had been trying
recognize and understand these advanced verb tenses, and they
4.
a) hadn’t finished
9.
b) had sold
may use them occasionally in formal writing, but they should
5.
c) fell
10. c) hadn’t been eating
probably use the simpler verb tenses in most other cases. •
I had finished eating before you came over.
•
I finished eating before you came over.
•
I had been studying for two hours when you called me.
•
I was studying for two hours when you called me.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
12
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Future Perfect Table of Contents 2
Grammar Notes
4
Exercise 1 Fill in the Blanks
5
Exercise 2 You’re Too Late!
6
Exercise 3 Sentence Formation
7
Exercise 4 Pair Work
8
Exercise 5 My Goals
9
Exercise 6 Mixed Tenses
11
Exercise 7 Quiz
12
Answer Key
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
1
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes FUTURE PERFECT
A. Introduction The future perfect is used to talk about two actions that will occur at two different times in the future. In a future perfect sentence, the first action uses the future perfect tense and the second action (further into the future) uses the simple present tense.
Future Perfect 6:00 pm
1
Diagram
I will eat dinner.
8:00 pm
•
I will have eaten dinner by the time he calls me.
•
By the time he calls me, I will have eaten dinner.
2
He will call me.
Form
will + have + past participle
Function
one future action will happen before another future action
Time Markers
• by the time • when • before
(Note that other time markers such as next, tomorrow, and from now are often used in the dependent clause.)
• Our manager will have gone home by the time we finish this project. • By the time he moves to Seattle, he will have quit his job. Examples
• When she gets back to me next week, I will have made other plans. • They’ll have handed out five dozen fliers before they call it a night. • Uni will already have accepted another job offer when they get back to her two weeks from now.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
2
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. B. Notes Note #1
Note #3
When the dependent (time) clause begins the sentence, we usually use a comma. We don’t need a comma when the independent clause begins the sentence. There is no change in meaning.
A future perfect action can be repeated, or there could be multiple actions before the final one.
• By the time the conference ends, I will have spoken to more than 50 people. • I will have spoken to more than 50 people by the time the conference ends.
Note #2 Instead of a dependent clause, we can use an adverb phrase of time (note that a phrase has no subject or verb). Examples of typical phrases include by July 2030, by 9:00 tomorrow night, two months from now, etc.
• I ’ll have gone to the gym hundreds of times before it closes next December. • T hey will have cleaned their condo and prepared all the food by the time their guests arrive at 8:00 pm.
Note #4 The future perfect is not as common as the simple future. In fact, we can often use the simple future instead of the future perfect, especially in informal situations (mostly when a time marker other than “by the time” is used). There is often no change in meaning.
• They will have completed construction on the new building three months from now.
•
• B y 5:00 pm tomorrow, we will have wrapped up the negotiations and finalized the deal.
I will have turned off all the lights before I leave the house.
•
I will turn off all the lights before I leave the house. (more common)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
3
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 FILL IN THE BLANKS Write the future perfect or simple present tense of the verbs below. will have started Ex. By the time Min Jun gets to the theater, the movie . (start)
1. By the time Sonya finishes work, her boyfriend dinner. (make)
2. Malik his third week on the job by this time next Tuesday. (complete)
3. When Daniel work, everyone will already have left the office. (wrap up)
4. I to bed before my wife gets home tonight. (go)
5. The baseball field will have become muddy by the time it raining. (stop)
6. By the time Adrian heads home, the sun . (set)
7. Mariam her degree by next May. (earn)
8. They will have traveled around the world by the time they in Thailand. (arrive)
9. By the time she finishes studying tonight, her brother asleep. (fall)
10. Aisha her sales training by November. (finish)
11. Mateo and Lola from their trip before their son’s 18th birthday. (return)
12. All the schools will have closed by the time it later this afternoon. (snow)
13. By the time your plane lands, I at the airport to pick you up. (arrive)
14. The lecture will have already started by the time Keiko and Ren to class. (get)
15. We the heavy lifting by the time you get here. (do)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
4
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 YOU’RE TOO LATE! Imagine you have a friend who’s always late. Use the future perfect and the following prompts to give advice or warnings to your friend. Ex. By the time you apply for the job... (someone else / get) By the time you apply for the job, someone else will have gotten it. 1. By the time you get to the stadium... (concert / start)
2. By the time you get to the party... (everyone / eat / all the food)
3. By the time you call your mother back... (she / angry / for weeks)
4. By the time you join a gym... (out of shape / for months)
5. By the time you go apartment-hunting... (everyone / rent / good places)
6. By the time you hand in your homework... (teacher / already / correct / everyone else’s assignments)
7. By the time you go to the doctor... (rash / get worse)
8. By the time you go to the hospital to visit your friend... (she / go home)
9. By the time you arrive at the restaurant... (your friends / leave)
10. By the time you do the dishes... (mold / grow)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
5
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 SENTENCE FORMATION Write future perfect sentences based on the following information. Ex. Next Tuesday at 5:00 pm, I will leave work. Next Tuesday at 6:00 pm, my brother’s flight will arrive. By the time my brother’s flight arrives, I will have left work. 1. Next summer, Pavel will graduate. Next fall, Pavel will visit his relatives in Russia.
2. Tomorrow at 5:00 pm, Amalia will take her cat to the vet. Tomorrow at 4:00 pm, Amalia will finish work.
3. Next Wednesday at 1:00 pm, Jae will take his psychology exam. Next Wednesday at 6:00 pm, Jae will attend a history lecture.
4. Next week, the Jones family will buy a new car. This weekend, the Jones family will sell their old car.
5. Tonight at 7:00 pm, Mr. and Mrs. Kim will get home. Today at 3:30 pm, the workmen will finish installing their new windows.
6. In November 2022, Pablo will go to Qatar to watch the World Cup. By October 2022, Pablo will save $3,000.
7. Next week, Diego and Sara will get married. Next month, Diego and Sara will move into a new apartment.
8. Tonight at midnight, Youssef will go to bed. Tonight at 11:00 pm, Youssef will finish his homework.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
6
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 PAIR WORK Fill in the schedule with things you will (or might) do next Saturday. Then, with a partner, take turns asking and answering future perfect questions. Give as many details as you can.
Example: A:
What will you have done by 11:00 am next Saturday?
B:
I will have gone for a coffee with my friend by 11:00 am. We meet at Starbucks every Saturday morning at 9:00, and then we go for a walk. What will you have accomplished by 7:00 pm next Saturday?
A:
By 7:00 pm, I will have finished making dinner for my family, but we will probably still be eating. How about you?
Schedule 7:00 am 9:00 am 11:00 am 12:00 pm 1:00 pm 3:00 pm 5:00 pm 7:00 pm 9:00 pm 11:00 pm
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
7
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 MY GOALS What will you have accomplished in life by the time you reach certain milestones (graduation, 30th birthday, 40th birthday, retirement, etc.)? Write a few paragraphs about the goals and dreams you have for your life. Use the future perfect tense as often as possible.
Example: I have a lot of hopes and dreams for my future. I will have studied English for many years by the time I graduate from university, so I will be pretty fluent. A year after that, I imagine I will have started my career as an English teacher…
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
8
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 MIXED TENSES
A. Complete the Story Complete the following story by filling in the blanks using the verbs provided. Decide if each sentence should be in the present perfect, past perfect, or future perfect tense. Use the story’s context and time markers to help you choose which tense to use for each verb.
I so confused lately. I feel like I in too (1. be)
(2. be pulled)
many directions for weeks now. I’m trying to think of what I want to do with the rest of my life so that by the time I from university next year, I (3. graduate)
(4. decide)
on a career path. When I a teenager, I (5. be)
(6. decide)
that I wanted to be a news anchor, but now I don’t think I want to be on TV. What I really love is writing. I years writing short stories and newspaper articles. In fact, (7. spend)
I more than 100 articles by the time I (8. write)
(9. enter)
university, so maybe I should become a journalist instead of a news anchor. I can still put my communications degree to good use!
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
9
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 cont. A. Complete the Story cont. Also, my friends a lot of my time lately, and (10. take up)
I as focused on my school and career as I should be. It will be the middle of (11. be, not)
the term two days from now, and I all my assignments by then because I have (12. hand in, not)
been going out too often. I feel so stressed out. Maybe I need a vacation! My best friend is going on a six‑week trip to Europe next month, and I’m so tempted to join her. If I to Europe with (13. go)
her, I many countries by the time I’m 25! That would be amazing. Before (14. see)
I university, I five different countries with (15. start)
(16. visit, already)
my parents, but I to Europe. What should I do? (17. go, never)
B. Discussion After completing this story, tell your partner or group what advice you’d offer this student. Try to use the present, past, and future perfect tenses as often as possible.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
10
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 7 QUIZ Circle the best answer. 1. By the time this postcard you, we will have left Paris. a) will have reached b) will reach c) reaches 2. Ali his roof before the rainy season began. a) will have fixed b) had fixed c) will fix 3. She her training course. a) has already begun b) had begun already c) will already has begun 4. They to another city before they find new jobs. a) will have moved b) had moved c) have moved 5. Before I home tonight, I will have completed my assignment. a) will head b) headed c) head 6. Isabella had already arrived in Spain when she about her host family’s accident. a) will hear b) heard c) hears
7. Haru and Ai English since they were five years old. a) will have studied b) had studied c) have studied 8. By the time Daila got to class, it . a) will have started b) had started c) have started 9. By the time Johanne a new car, he will have saved enough money for the down payment. a) will buy b) buy c) buys 10. By next December, I in California for 15 years. a) will have lived b) had lived c) have lived 11. It’s our anniversary today, and we for 25 years. a) will have been married b) had been married c) have been married 12. Our new office building by this time next year. a) will have been built b) will have built c) will build
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
11
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Adv
Students learn how and when to use the future perfect tense
TIME:
in English. This lesson includes mixed exercises that combine the present perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses.
2 hours
TAGS: future perfect, simple present, present perfect, past perfect, verbs, verb tenses, grammar, grammar exercises
Exercise 1
7.
1.
will have made
9.
8.
2.
will have completed
10. will have finished
By the time you go to the doctor, your rash will have gotten worse.
will have fallen asleep
3.
wraps up
11. will have returned
4.
will have gone
12. snows
5.
stops
13. will have arrived
6.
will have set
14. get
7.
will have earned
15. will have done
8.
arrive
By the time you go to the hospital to visit your friend, she will have gone home.
9.
By the time you arrive at the restaurant, your friends will have left.
10. By the time you do the dishes, mold will have grown.
Exercise 3 Answers will vary. Encourage students to vary beginning their
Exercise 2
sentences with the dependent or independent clause and to try
Answers may vary slightly. As a follow-up, ask students to form the
1.
future perfect passive in sentences 2 and 5. (Answers: 2. By the time you get to the party, all the food will have been eaten. 5. By the time you go apartment-hunting, the good places will have been rented.) As an additional follow-up, pair up your students and get them to offer each other advice/warnings of their own using by the time and the future perfect. 1.
By the time you get to the stadium, the concert will have started.
2.
By the time you get to the party, everyone will have eaten all the food.
3.
By the time you call your mother back, she will have been angry for weeks.
4.
By the time you join a gym, you will have been out of shape for months.
5.
By the time you go apartment-hunting,
using a variety of time markers. Pavel will have graduated by the time he visits his relatives in Russia. 2.
By the time Amalia takes her cat to the vet, she will have finished work.
3.
Jae will have taken his psychology exam before he attends a history lecture.
4.
By the time the Jones family buys a new car, they will have sold their old one.
5.
By the time Mr. and Mrs Kim get home, the workmen will have finished installing their new windows.
6.
Pablo will have saved $3,000 before he goes to Qatar to watch the World Cup.
7.
Diego and Sara will have gotten married before they move into a new apartment.
8.
When Youssef goes to bed tonight, he will have finished his homework.
everyone will have rented the good places. 6.
By the time you hand in your homework, the teacher will
(continued on the next page...)
already have corrected everyone else’s assignments.* (*Note: Placement of already can vary.)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
12
Future Perfect
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 4 Answers will vary. Follow up by having each student share an item or two from their partner’s schedule (using the future perfect) with the class.
Exercise 5 Answers will vary.
Exercise 6 1.
have been
10. have taken up
2.
have been pulled
11. haven’t been
3.
graduate
12. won’t have handed in
4.
will have decided
13. go
5.
was
14. will have seen
6.
had decided
15. started
7.
have spent
16. had already visited
8.
had written
17. have/had never gone/
9.
entered
didn’t go
Exercise 7 1. c
3. a
5. c
7. c
9. c
11. c
2. b
4. a
6. b
8. b
10. a
12. a
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Theater, Traveled, and Mold. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Theatre, Travelled, and Mould. Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: For practice comparing the future perfect with the future perfect progressive tense, please see our future perfect progressive lesson: https://esllibrary.com/courses/88/lessons/1972
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
13
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Future Perfect Progressive Table of Contents 2
Grammar Notes Future Perfect Progressive / Future Perfect Vs. Future Perfect Progressive
5
Exercise 1 Fill in the Blanks
6
Exercise 2 Find the Error
7
Exercise 3 Future Perfect Progressive Sentences
8
Exercise 4 Future Perfect Vs. Future Perfect Progressive
9
Exercise 5 Pair Work
10
Exercise 6 Quiz
11
Answer Key
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
1
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes A. The Future Perfect Progressive The future perfect progressive (also called the future perfect continuous) is used when we need to discuss two future actions, where the first action continues to the second action. The future perfect progressive is not commonly used in English because we don’t usually need to imagine such a specific future situation, but it is needed occasionally in speaking and writing.
Tense
Future Perfect Progressive
Diagram
1
2
Form
will + have + been + -ing verb (present participle)
Function
Two actions will occur in the future. The first (long) action continues to the second (short) action.
Time Markers
• by the time • when • before
Examples
(Note that for is also commonly used to indicate the duration of the first action.)
• W e will have been negotiating for three weeks by the time we reach an agreement. • When he resigns, he will have been working here for 18 years. • I will have been studying for two hours before she calls me.
Note #1 In English, the future form is almost never used twice in a sentence. The independent clause takes the future form, and the dependent clause takes the simple present (even though the meaning is still a future time). In fact, with the future perfect and the future perfect progressive tenses, the simple present verb is even further in the future! Remember that the dependent clause can come before or after the independent clause. When it comes before the independent clause, a comma is needed. • S he will have been talking for two hours by the time he needs the phone. • By the time he needs the phone, she will have been talking for two hours.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
2
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. A. The Future Perfect Progressive cont. Note #2 Sometimes the dependent clause is just an adverb phrase of time and not a complete sentence with a present verb. Because these phrases indicate a future time, they are often used with the future perfect progressive. Examples of typical phrases include by this time next month, by July 2028, by 6:00 tomorrow, etc. • By this time next month, I will have been working on this project for 11 months. • By the year 2030, she will have been living there for a long, long time. • By 10:00 am on Friday, they will have been mulling over the problem for 48 hours.
Note #3 This verb tense has four parts to it! Here’s how it is formed: 1. Future Perfect = will + have + past participle (e.g., will have studied) 2. Progressive = be + -ing verb (e.g., be studying) 3. The Past Participle of Be (the first part of the progressive form) = been 4. Final Result = will + have + been + -ing verb
Future Perfect
will +
have +
Progressive
Future Perfect Progressive
Example
will +
have +
past participle
be +
-ing verb
been +
-ing verb
I will have been studying.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
3
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. B. The Future Perfect Vs. The Future Perfect Progressive How can we tell when the future perfect tense is required instead of the future perfect progressive? With the future perfect, two future actions happen at different times in the future. The first action is finished before the second one occurs. Compare these two tenses in the chart below. Tense
Future Perfect
Diagram
1
Future Perfect Progressive 2
1
2
Form
will + have + past participle
will + have + been + -ing verb
Function
The first future action will finish before the second future action.
The first future action will continue until the second future action.
Time Markers
• by the time • when • before
• by the time • when • before
Examples
(Note: The typical future markers next and tomorrow are often additionally used.)
(Note: The typical progressive marker for is also commonly used.)
• I will have finished dinner by the time she calls me tonight.
• I will have been studying for two hours by the time she calls me tonight.
• B y the time my teacher quizzes us tomorrow, I will have memorized all the facts.
• B y the time she comes over, my kids will have been sleeping for an hour.
• That student will have graduated before he gets his essay back next week.
• W hen I move to Vancouver next July, my best friend will have been living there for two years already.
• Y ou will already have left when he gets home from his trip.
• They will have been hanging out at the bar for hours before I join them.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
4
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 FILL IN THE BLANKS Write the future perfect progressive form of the verbs in parentheses. will have been cleaning Ex. By the time he arrives, I for an hour. (clean)
1. She for weeks before she feels confident about next month’s test. (study)
2. They for nine hours by 8:00 am tomorrow. (sleep)
3. By the time you call, I all afternoon. (bake)
4. We for 45 minutes when you join us. (jog)
5. you all day by the time I come over? (prepare)
6. My coworker here for six years by July 2021. (work)
7. By the time she gets back, her parents about her for days. (worry)
8. By 5:00 pm, we for three hours. (negotiate)
9. By the time he gets organized, they around for ages. (wait)
10. When my boss finally hires someone new, I two jobs (do) for at least six months.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
5
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 FIND THE ERROR Find one error in each sentence and correct it on the line below. Ex. By 7:00, we will have studying for 90 minutes. B y 7:00, we will have been studying for 90 minutes. 1. By the time the meeting over, they will have been sitting since 9:00 am.
2. Christina will have been traveling for two years before she will return home.
3. By this time next year, I will have learning English for five years.
4. He will has been watching TV all morning before his girlfriend arrives.
5. Keiko will have being listening to music for hours when I get home tonight.
6. My friend will have been practicing the guitar since 15 years by 2028.
7. By the time my neighbor come over, I will have been reading for half an hour.
8. We will have been driving around for hours before he will ask for directions.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
6
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 FUTURE PERFECT PROGRESSIVE SENTENCES Write sentences using the future perfect progressive tense. The first sentence should start with a dependent clause, and the second should start with an independent clause. Watch your punctuation. Ex. June 2026 / Maria / study / English / five years B y June 2026, Maria will have been studying English for five years. M aria will have been studying English for five years by June 2026. 1. 8:00 pm / Michelle / wait / boyfriend / two hours
2. You / graduate / you / attend / university / four years
3. Next Monday / Sergio / practice / his speech / 11 days
4. She / go / the interview / she / look / new job / three weeks
5. Our band / perform / we / rehearse / months
6. Next June / Phillip / practice / karate / ten years
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
7
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 FUTURE PERFECT VS. FUTURE PERFECT PROGRESSIVE Write the verbs in parentheses in the future perfect or future perfect progressive tense. will have arrived Ex. By the time you go to Europe, the package . (arrive)
1. Before she leaves, I hope she all my questions. (answer)
2. They to get online for hours by the time the Wi-Fi is fixed. (try)
3. Mr. Smith by the time I get back. (lock up)
4. Marco sick for two days by the time his prescription comes in. (be)
5. My neighbor all morning by the time I come home for lunch. (garden)
6. By the time they walk in, everything . (organize)
7. you eating when I come over? (finish)
8. By this time next month, our team on the project for over a year. (work)
9. By the time the counselor sees me, I here for over an hour. (sit)
10. They the invitations by this time next week. (send)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
8
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 PAIR WORK
A. Role-Play Imagine you and your partner are siblings. Your grandmother is coming over to visit next Friday. You find this very inconvenient because you are busy. Takes turns complaining to each other about what your grandma will be interrupting when she arrives (use future perfect progressive verbs). Then think of things you can get done before she comes over (use future perfect verbs).
Examples: • W hen Grandma arrives, I will only have been studying for an hour. That’s not enough time to prepare for my test tomorrow! • B y the time Grandma arrives, I think I will have finished my homework. At least I won’t have to worry about doing it after she leaves.
B. Write & Share Now write down several of the ideas that you and your partner came up with. Then share them with the class.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
9
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 QUIZ Circle the correct verb tense for each sentence. 1. B y the time she , he will already have gone to bed. a) call b) calls c) will call d) will have called 2. B y the time you wake me up, I for nine hours. a) am sleeping b) will sleep c) will have been sleeping d) will have been slept 3. Andre for an hour before his alarm goes off. a) will has worked out b) will worked out c) will has been working out d) will have been working out
6. B y the time my son finishes all the food on his plate, it cold. a) will have gone b) will been going c) will be going d) will have going 7. B efore I send this email, she every word. a) will have checked b) checks c) will checks d) will have been checking 8. By July 2025, you French for 15 years. a) will study b) will have been studying c) will be studying d) study 9. They before next summer.
4. W e won’t have signed the contracts by the time the meeting . a) ends b) is ending c) will end d) will have ended 5. M y sister will have been helping our mother out for two weeks before it my turn. a) will have been b) be c) is d) will be
a) will have been graduating b) graduate c) is graduating d) will have graduated 10. The contest over for days by the time he gets around to submitting his entry. a) will have being b) is c) will have been d) will have been being
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
10
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Adv
In this lesson, students learn how and when to use the future
TIME:
perfect progressive tense in English. It also includes exercises that combine the future perfect and future perfect progressive tenses.
2 hours
TAGS:  future perfect, future perfect progressive, simple present, verbs, verb tenses, mixed tenses, grammar, grammar exercises
Exercise 1
Exercise 3
1.
will have been studying
6.
will have been working
2.
will have been sleeping
7.
will have been worrying
3.
will have been baking
8.
will have been negotiating
4.
will have been jogging
9.
will have been waiting
5.
Will, have been preparing
10. will have been doing
Time markers may vary. 1.
boyfriend for two hours. / Michelle will have been waiting for her boyfriend for two hours by 8:00 pm. 2.
By the time the meeting is over,
university for four years before you graduate. 3.
Christina will have been traveling for two years before she returns home.
3.
practicing his speech for 11 days by next Monday. 4.
He will have been watching TV all morning before his girlfriend arrives.
5.
She will have been looking for a new job for three
6.
My friend will have been practicing the guitar for 15 years by 2028.
7.
weeks by the time she goes to the interview. 5.
By the time my neighbor comes over,
By the time our band performs, we will have been rehearsing for months. / We will have been rehearsing
Keiko will have been listening to music for hours when I get home tonight.
By the time she goes to the interview, she will have been looking for a new job for three weeks. /
By this time next year, I will have been learning English for five years.
4.
By next Monday, Sergio will have been practicing his speech for 11 days. / Sergio will have been
they will have been sitting since 9:00 am. 2.
Before you graduate, you will have been attending university for four years. / You will have been attending
Exercise 2 1.
By 8:00 pm, Michelle will have been waiting for her
for months by the time our band performs. 6.
By next June, Phillip will have been practicing karate for ten years. / Phillip will have been practicing karate for ten years by next June.
I will have been reading for half an hour. 8.
We will have been driving around for hours
(continued on the next page...)
before he asks for directions.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
11
Future Perfect Progressive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 4
SPELLING NOTE:
1.
will have answered
6.
will have been organized**
2.
will have been trying
7.
Will, have finished
3.
will have locked up
8.
will have been working
4.
will have been*
9.
will have been sitting
5.
will have been gardening
10. will have sent
*Remind students that non-action verbs like “be” almost never take a progressive form. For a review of non-action verbs, see our Grammar & Usage Resource: https://esllibrary.com/resources/2329 **Point out that this is the future perfect passive form. For a review of the passive voice, try our Grammar Practice
This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Traveling, Counselor, Neighbor, and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Travelling, Counsellor, Neighbour, and Practise (as a verb; Practice as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: If your students need more practice with the future perfect tense, try our Grammar Practice Worksheets lesson: https://www.esllibrary.com/courses/88/lessons/1614
Worksheets lesson: https://esllibrary.com/courses/88/lessons/1601
Exercise 5 Answers will vary.
Exercise 6 1.
b) calls
2.
c) will have been sleeping
3.
d) will have been working out
4.
a) ends
5.
c) is
6.
a) will have gone
7.
a) will have checked
8.
b) will have been studying
9.
d) will have graduated
10. c) will have been
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( A DV
/ V E R S I O N 3 . 0)
12
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Subjunctive Table of Contents 2
QUICK AND HANDY GR AMMAR REVIEW: Subjunctive
5
EXERCISE 1: Verbs of Suggestion Change the verbs into the subjunctive when necessary.
6
EXERCISE 2: Verbs of Suggestion Combine the sentences using the subjunctive form.
7
EXERCISE 3: Adjectives of Importance Change the verbs into the subjunctive when necessary.
8
EXERCISE 4: Verbs of Suggestion and Adjectives of Importance Error Correction: Rewrite the sentences correctly.
9
EXERCISE 5: Second Conditional Complete the sentences using the subjunctive form.
10
EXERCISE 6: Second Conditional Rewrite the sentences using the second conditional pattern.
11
EXERCISE 7: Wish Error Correction: Rewrite the sentences correctly.
12
EXERCISE 8: Quiz – Review of Subjunctive Forms Circle the correct answer.
13
ANSWER KEY
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
1
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Quick and Handy Grammar Review SUBJUNCTIVE ll sentences in the English language A contain three elements: 1. T ense simple present, past progressive, future perfect, etc. 2. V oice active or passive
The subjunctive mood can be used to express an unreal situation such as a wish or an action that may or may not occur. Though the subjunctive isn’t that common in English, it is needed in the following three cases: 1. Reporting or giving a suggestion 2. Expressing a hypothetical situation
3. M ood indicative, imperative, subjunctive, etc.
3. Expressing a wish
1. Reporting or Giving a Suggestion REPORTING SUGGESTIONS The subjunctive form is used for reporting suggestions with certain verbs. These verbs of suggestion in the independent (main) clause require the base form of the verb (the subjunctive form) in the dependent clause. The base verb in the dependent clause is not noticeable for some subjects because the verb form is the same (e.g., the base verb go and the first and second person present go have the same form). However, when a third person singular subject, the be verb, or the past tense are used, the subjunctive form is easily distinguishable (e.g., the base verb go vs. goes, am/are/is, and went). The subjunctive form is also apparent in negative sentences. Unlike other negative sentences in English, the auxiliary verb do is not used with the subjunctive form.
Common Verbs of Suggestion • advise • ask • demand
• insist • prefer • propose
• recommend • request
• suggest • urge
Positive Pattern: verb of suggestion + that + base verb Negative Pattern: verb of suggestion + that + not + base verb Examples • • • • • •
She advises that we take the course. My coworker is asking that you finish the report quickly. I prefer that he speak to me directly. The tour guide recommends that we not be late. His boss demanded that he notwork any overtime yesterday. Her teacher insisted that she be ready for the test tomorrow.
Note: In casual writing and speaking, “that” is sometimes omitted from the sentence with no change in meaning. For example, His boss demanded that he work overtime and His boss demanded he work overtime are both correct and have the same meaning.
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
2
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Quick and Handy Grammar Review cont. 1. Reporting or Giving a Suggestion cont. GIVING SUGGESTIONS The subjunctive form is also used for giving strong suggestions or commands with certain adjectives. These adjectives of importance in the independent clause will result in the base form of the verb in the dependent clause. As with the verbs of suggestion, the subjunctive is not noticeable with the present tense and certain subjects. However, in sentences with a third person subject, be verb, past tense, or negative adverb (e.g., not or never), the subjunctive is easily distinguishable.
Common Adjectives of Importance • important • necessary
• imperative • essential
• vital • urgent
Positive Pattern: adjective of importance + that + base verb Negative Pattern: adjective of importance + that + not + base verb Examples • She says it is vital that employees keep out of the restricted area. • It is essential the the operator of this machine remain calm during an emergency. • I think it is necessary that your dog be kept on a leash while at this park. • It is urgent that they be on time. • It was important that he call me yesterday. • It was imperative that the loser not make a scene.
2. E xpressing a Hypothetical Situation THE SECOND CONDITIONAL The second conditional, also known as the unreal conditional, is used to express an unlikely or impossible outcome. The subjunctive is noticeable when the be verb is used in the dependent (if ) clause. The be verb always takes the form were (never was) no matter what subject is used.
Pattern: If + were, would + base verb Examples • If I were you, I wouldn’t take that job. • If he weren’t so lazy, he would get good grades. • My friends would travel around the world if they were rich.
Note: Remember to use a comma when the dependent (if ) clause comes before the independent clause.
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
3
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Quick and Handy Grammar Review cont. 3. E xpressing a Wish Another case where the subjunctive is used in English is with the verb wish. When wish is used in the independent clause, the be verb always takes the form were in the dependent clause when there is a present or future meaning. As with the second conditional, the subjunctive is used to indicate a hypothetical or unreal situation.
Pattern: wish + were Examples • I wish I were able to go to Hawaii with you next month, but I can’t take time off work. • She wishes that she were taller. • The students wish they weren’t so behind in their work.
Note: As with section 1 (reporting or giving suggestions), in casual writing and speaking, “that” is sometimes omitted from the sentence with no change in meaning. For example, She wishes that she were taller and She wishes she were taller are both correct and have the same meaning.
A note about wish and hope: WISH
HOPE
Wish indicates an impossible or unlikely situation (much like the second conditional). Use were, a past perfect verb, or would + base verb.
Hope indicates a possible situation. Use a simple present verb.
• I wish he were my boyfriend.
• I hope he is well enough to go to the party on Saturday.
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
4
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 VERBS OF SUGGESTION Change the verbs in parentheses into the subjunctive form when necessary. 1. My sister is requesting that I 2. Mr. Jacobs plans to ask that she 3. Our teacher advises
her clothes anymore.
(borrow, not)
late tonight.
(work)
extra homework.
(do)
4. Drinking and driving is something that is
(recommend, not)
5. The president proposed that American citizens 6. Does your mother recommend
(get)
9. The new girl’s parents urged her 10. The CEO recommended the employees
a tax break next year.
in the morning or after dinner?
(study)
7. The substitute teacher said that the students 8. The father advised that his children
.
(finish, not)
(eat)
their projects.
their snacks quickly. friends as quickly as possible.
(make)
(write)
the proposal right away.
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
5
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 VERBS OF SUGGESTION Combine the sentences into one using the subjunctive form. 1. She should tell the truth about her grades. Her counselor recommends it. Her counselor recommends that she tell the truth about her grades. 2. My brother shouldn’t go out tonight. I advise it.
3. We went ahead with the project. Our manager insisted on it.
4. Mike has to show Yumiko how to install the new software. She is demanding it.
5. I should read one book a week. The ladies in my book club recommended it.
6. Mark should start keeping a record of his expenses. His boss is proposing it.
7. My neighbor should feed his dog right away. It is demanding food.
8. Mrs. Johnson should sign her name on the sheet when she leaves. The receptionist requested it.
9. The clerk should put the groceries into paper bags. She asked him to do it.
10. He should call me by my first name. I will suggest it.
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
6
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 ADJECTIVES OF IMPORTANCE Change the verbs in parentheses into the subjunctive form when necessary. 1. For security purposes, it was essential that the visitor 2. Do you agree that it is important
before a test?
(study)
3. Will you ask if it is necessary that my colleague 4. I think it is important that he 5.
(drink, not)
.
(sign in)
(finish)
this report by Friday?
any more alcohol tonight.
to a counselor about your future plans is essential.
(speak)
6. It was urgent that you
(return)
his call.
7. A t the conference last year, everyone agreed it was vital that we destroying the ozone layer. (stop)
8. It isn’t necessary
(follow up)
an interview with a phone call, is it?
9. T he teacher said it was imperative that the class president his cool during the debate. (lose, not)
10. The accountant told the manager it was urgent that she the books as soon as possible. (go over)
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
7
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 VERBS OF SUGGESTION AND ADJECTIVES OF IMPORTANCE Locate the error in each sentence, correct it, and rewrite the sentence correctly. 1. My father suggested that I applied to more than one university.
2. Did I hear your coworker say that it is necessary that visitors will sign in?
3. I prefer that you don’t make any more excuses.
4. It is urge that he call me as soon as possible.
5. The chef didn’t ask that the kitchen staff stayed late to clean up.
6. My boss demands that I am on time every day.
7. Yumiko thinks it is important that her best friend was always there for her.
8. It was vital that the nurse administered the drugs on time.
9. Did you propose the project completion date to be moved up?
10. When will their boss request that they will hand in the final draft?
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
8
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 SECOND CONDITIONAL Complete the sentences using “if” + the subjunctive form. 1. If + I + rich... If I were rich, I would travel around the world. 2. If + I + taller...
3. If + he + a girl...
4. If + I + the president...
5. If + she + a cat...
6. If + my friend + smarter...
7. If + I + in love...
8. If + my teacher + less strict...
9. If + that man + a millionaire...
10. If + I + more athletic...
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
9
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 SECOND CONDITIONAL Rewrite the sentences using the second conditional pattern and the subjunctive form of Be. Use contractions wherever possible. 1. Josh + not be able to compete in the event / if + the rumor + true Josh wouldn’t be able to compete in the event if the rumor were true. 2. If + I + a doctor / travel to Africa to give medicine to the poor
3. Mrs. Smith + not be here today / if + not so healthy
4. The photographer + take more pictures / if + not getting so dark
5. If + she + able to speak English fluently / not have a better job by now?
6. If + I + a bird / fly to South America
7. The child + not keep crying / if + her diaper + dry
8. If the company + not running smoothly / the CEO + not be able to take time off
9. My brother + be a better student / if + able to focus on his homework
10. If + I + not so lucky / not have been accepted into that prestigious universitys
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
10
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 7 WISH Locate the error in each sentence, correct it, and rewrite the sentence correctly. 1. I wish I was a politician so that I could make effective changes in my community.
2. She wish she were a mother because she loves children so much.
3. My sister can’t reach the top shelf, so she wishes she is taller.
4. He hopes he were happy in his new job.
5. My boss wishes he was able to finish the report by 5:00 p.m.
6. I can’t make it tonight, but I hope I were able to come next time.
7. The event planner wishes the night will be already over.
8. I can’t remember the last time I had a vacation! I wish I am able to take some time off.
9. Michelle hopes Canada were in first place during the Olympics.
10. Naoko wishes that she is at the top of the list of candidates.
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
11
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 8 QUIZ: REVIEW OF SUBJUNCTIVE FORMS Circle the correct answer. 1. I wish I the president of the company. a) was b) am c) were d) is 2. He suggested that she an English course. a) took b) take c) to take d) taking 3. It is important on a regular basis. a) study b) to study c) studied d) will study 4. If the student more prepared, she would pass the exam. a) are b) is c) was d) were 5. His counselor advised that he for university as soon as possible. a) apply b) applying c) applied d) will apply
6. Jennifer wouldn’t graduate if she such a dedicated student. a) wasn’t b) was c) weren’t d) were 7. My manager recommended the project on time. a) completing b) complete c) to complete d) completed 8. The teacher is requesting that the girl held back a year. a) is b) be c) were d) will be 9. My professor wishes she attending the conference. a) was b) to be c) were d) is 10. It was vital that the counselor to the student’s parents immediately. a) to speak b) speaking c) spoke d) speak
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
12
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key Exercise 1
Exercise 4
1.
not borrow
6.
studying
1.
My father suggested that I apply to more than one university.
2.
work
7.
didn’t finish
2.
Did I hear your coworker say that it is
3.
doing
8.
eat
4.
not recommended
9.
to make
5.
get
10. write
necessary that visitors sign in? 3.
Exercise 2
2.
4.
It is urgent that he call me as soon as possible.
5.
The chef didn’t ask that the kitchen staff stay late to clean up.
6.
My boss demands that I be on time every day.
7.
Yumiko thinks it is important that her best friend always be there for her.
(Note: “that” may be omitted.) 1.
I prefer that you not make any more excuses.
8.
It was vital that the nurse administer the drugs on time.
Her counselor recommends that she
9.
Did you propose the project completion date be moved up?
tell the truth about her grades.
10. When will their boss request that they hand in the final draft?
I advise that my brother not go out tonight.
3.
Our manager insisted that we go ahead with the project.
4.
Yumiko is demanding that Mike show her
5.
T he ladies in my book club recommended
6.
Mark’s boss is proposing that he start
how to install the new software.
Exercise 5 Answers will vary. “Were” should be used in each sentence.
that I read one book a week.
Exercise 6
keeping a record of his expenses. 7.
My neighbor’s dog is demanding that he feed it right away.
8.
T he receptionist requested that Mrs. Johnson
Josh wouldn’t be able to compete in the event it the rumor were true.
sign her name on the sheet when she leaves. 9.
1. 2.
She asked that the clerk put the groceries into paper bags.
10. I will suggest that he call me by my first name.
If I were a doctor, I’d travel to Africa to give medicine to the poor.
3.
Mrs. Smith wouldn’t be here today if she weren’t so healthy.
4.
T he photographer would take more pictures if it weren’t getting so dark.
Exercise 3 1.
sign in
5.
Speaking
9.
not lose
2.
to study
6.
return
10. go over
3.
finish
7.
stop
4.
not drink
8.
to follow up
5.
If she were able to speak English fluently,
6.
If I were a bird, I’d fly to South America.
7.
The child wouldn’t keep crying if her diaper were dry.
8.
If the company weren’t running smoothly,
9.
My brother would be a better student if
wouldn’t she have a better job by now?
the CEO wouldn’t be able to take time off. he were able to focus on his homework. 10. If I weren’t so lucky, I wouldn’t have been accepted into that prestigious university. (continued on next page...)
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
13
Subjunctive
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 7
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Counselor,
I wish I were a politician so that I could
1.
Neighbor, and Rumor. Most other English-speaking countries spell
make effective changes in my community.
these words this way: Counsellor, Neighbour, and Rumour. Make
She wishes she were a mother
2.
it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson
because she loves children so much. 3.
and see if they know the alternate spellings.
My sister can’t reach the top shelf, so she wishes she were taller.
EDITOR’S NOTES:
He wishes he were happy in his new job.*
4.
1. In British English, it is more common to use the modal
(He hopes he is happy in his new job.)
should + base verb instead of the subjunctive base verb.
5.
My boss wishes he were able to finish the report by 5:00 p.m.
6.
I can’t make it tonight, but I hope
For example, Her teacher insisted that she should be ready for
I am able to come next time.
the test tomorrow is more common than Her teacher insisted
7.
T he event planner wishes the night were already over.
that she be ready for the test tomorrow.
8.
I can’t remember the last time I had a vacation!
2. Were is sometimes called the past subjunctive. This is simply
I wish I were able to take some time off. 9.
because of the form of the verb (were is the past form of
Michelle wishes Canada were
the be verb) and not due to the sentence being in the past
in first place during the Olympics.*
tense. Referring to forms as the present subjunctive and past
(Michelle hopes Canada is
subjunctive is needlessly complicated—it is better to just
in first place during the Olympics.)
call all forms the subjunctive and to remember them by the
10. Naoko wishes that she were at the
patterns mentioned in this lesson.
top of the list of candidates. *Note meaning difference: Using wish means it has happened and is not true, while using hope means it hasn’t happened yet and might be possible.
Exercise 8 1. c
3. b
5. a
7. a
9. c
2. b
4. d
6. c
8. b
10. d
Copyright 2016, Red River Press Inc. For use by members of ESL Library in accordance with membership terms.
14
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Embedded Questions Table of Contents 2
Grammar Notes Embedded Questions
6
Exercise 1 Embedded Questions
7
Exercise 2 Direct Questions
8
Exercise 3 Complete the Sentences
9
Exercise 4 Pair Work
11
Exercise 5 Reported Speech
12
Exercise 6 Writing
13
Exercise 7 Find the Errors
14
Exercise 8 Class Survey
15
Exercise 9 Quiz
17
Answer Key
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
1
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes A. Introduction
Tip:
An embedded question is a question that is inside another question or statement.
Think of “embed” as “in bed.” When you’re in bed, you’re tucked in between the sheets. An embedded question is a question tucked inside another one!
B. Patterns Pattern
Description
Examples
Sentence
A normal English sentence follows this pattern: Subject + Verb (+ Object) or SVO.
• She sang. S
V
• The boy walked his dog.
Question
A normal question has an auxiliary verb before the subject. It looks like this: (WH Word) + Auxiliary Verb + Subject + Main Verb (+ Object) or VSVO.
• What did he say? WH
V S V
• Do you like pizza? V
S
V O
• Is she a doctor?
For the Be verb, it looks like this: VSO.
Embedded Question
S V O
V
In an embedded question, the question inside the statement or other question follows a sentence pattern instead of a question pattern: SVO. (The introductory phrases will follow the normal sentence or question patterns.)
S
O
• I don’t know [what that means]. S
V V WH
S
V
• Do you think [we need more time]? V
S V S V
O
C. Uses Use Embedded Questions...
Examples
To be more polite
• What time is it? (normal question) • Could you (please) tell me what time it is? (embedded question = more polite)
To give more information
• I wonder if she’ll call me. (expresses curiosity) • I don’t know where my bag is. (expresses lack of knowledge) • I want to know when this meeting will start. (expresses desire for knowledge)
To change direct speech to reported (indirect) speech
• “What do you want to know?” (direct speech) • He asked me what I wanted to know. (reported speech)
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
2
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. D. Examples of Embedded Questions within Questions Common Introductory Question Phrases
Questions
Embedded Question Examples
Do you know...
When does the class start?
Do you know when the class starts?
Who knows...
What is the answer?
Who knows what the answer is?
Do you think...
Can he come tonight?
Do you think he can come tonight?
Do you remember...
Where is the restaurant?
Do you remember where the restaurant is?
Could you tell me...
Is there free parking?
Could you tell me if there is free parking?
Would you mind telling me...
What time is it?
Would you mind telling me what time it is?
E. Examples of Embedded Questions within Statements Common Introductory Statement Phrases
Questions
Embedded Question Examples
I wonder...
Is our teacher sick today?
I wonder whether (or not) our teacher is sick today.
I asked...
Does she have a cold?
I asked if she had a cold.
I want to know...
How much was your car?
I want to know how much your car was.
I don’t know...
Who does this book belong to?
I don’t know who this book belongs to.
I’m not sure...
Where are my keys?
I’m not sure where my keys are.
The question is...
Should we go ahead with it?
The question is if we should go ahead with it (or not).
Let’s ask...
Do they like video games?
Let’s ask whether they like video games (or not).
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
3
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. F. Tense Changes from Direct to Reported Speech When embedded questions are used in reported speech, the verb tense usually changes. Look at the chart below. Imagine that the direct questions were asked yesterday, and today you are reporting what was said yesterday. Notice the common verb tense changes. Direct Speech Tense
Reported Speech Tense
Example
Simple Present
Simple Past
What does she want? He asked what she wanted.
Present Progressive
Past Progressive
Are you coming to the party? She asked if I was coming to the party.
Simple Past
Past Perfect
Did they pass the test? I asked whether they had passed the test.
Present Perfect
Past Perfect
Have you been to Europe? I asked if you had been to Europe.
Simple Future
Conditional
When will he arrive? She asked when he would arrive.
G. Notes Note #1
Note #2
Unlike embedded WH questions, embedded Yes/No (Y/N) questions usually start with if or whether (except when following the verb think). If and whether have the same meaning, but if is more common.
Statements with whether or if can stand alone or be used with or not. Notice the placement of or not in the sentences below.
• (WH) What time is it? Could you tell me what time it is? • (Y/N) Do you need help? Could you tell me if/whether you need help?
� I wonder whether the game is canceled. � I wonder whether the game is canceled or not. � I wonder whether or not the game is canceled. � I asked if we were allowed to go. � I asked if we were allowed to go or not. � I asked if or not we were allowed to go.
• (Y/N with think) Will they come over later? Do you think they will come over later?
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
4
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. G. Notes cont. Note #3
Note #6
Remember to use a question mark if the introductory phrase is a question.
Who knows is used for questions, but it can also be used for statements. English speakers often use this phrase as a statement when they are surprised or frustrated.
• Could you tell me where the bank is? Do not use a question mark if the introductory phrase is a statement. • I don’t know where the bank is.
Note #4 Embedded questions are a type of noun clause. A noun clause is a complete sentence (SVO) that serves as the subject or object of another sentence. • What do you mean? V S V • I don’t know [what you mean]. S V WH S V O
� Who knows the answer to #2? � Who knows what she meant by that. � Who knows when this week will start getting better.
Note #7 If the subject of the introductory statement/question and the embedded question are the same, it is often possible to use an infinitive verb. • He asked, “How do I get to the bank?” He wants to know how to get to the bank. • She asked, “Who do I give the report to?” She asked who to give the report to.
(The noun clause what you mean serves as the object of the sentence I don’t know.)
Note #5 Never use contractions at the end of an embedded clause. � Do you know what time it is? � Do you know what time it’s?
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
5
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 EMBEDDED QUESTIONS Change the direct questions into embedded questions. who that was 1. I want to know . (Who was that?)
2. Do you remember ? (When does the meeting start?)
3. I wonder if . (Do they like sushi?)
4. Who knows ? (What time is it?)
5. They asked . (Where is the restaurant?)
6. She’s not sure . (What does he want?)
7. Does he think ? (Will it be a nice day?)
8. Could you tell me ? (Do they eat meat?)
9. I want to know . (How do I get to the post office?)
10. She asked . (Do you want more pasta?)
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
6
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 DIRECT QUESTIONS Change the embedded questions into direct questions. 1. I want to know when you’re leaving. When are you leaving? 2. He is wondering why the class started late.
3. Could you tell me what time the movie starts?
4. Do you know if she’ll be late?
5. I wonder whether I should talk to the principal or not.
6. We asked how to get to the library.
7. Would you mind telling us where the bathroom is?
8. Do you think they’re going to show up?
9. She doesn’t remember when she handed in her assignment.
10. The question is whether or not we should wait.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
7
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 COMPLETE THE SENTENCES Complete the questions and sentences using an embedded question of your choice. Pay attention to the punctuation at the end of your sentence. 1. Do you know 2. I don’t know 3. I wonder
4. Do you think 5. Could you tell me 6. Do you remember 7. I’m not sure 8. I asked 9. Would you mind telling me 10. I want to know 11. Let’s ask 12. Can you tell me 13. I’d like to know 14. I don’t remember 15. Who knows
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
8
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 (Student A) PAIR WORK First, write three or more questions on the blank lines. Then interview your partner by adding an introductory phrase and changing the question into an embedded question. Take turns asking and answering each other’s questions. 1. What’s your favorite movie? 2. How long have you been studying English? 3. What’s your dream job? 4. What do you think of this city? 5. Will there be a third world war? 6. 7. 8.
Example: Joe:
[What’s your favorite restaurant?] Could you tell me what your favorite restaurant is?
Maria:
I love that Italian place on Main Street. They have the best lasagna. [How many siblings do you have?] I’d like to know how many siblings you have.
Joe:
Well, I have one brother and three sisters. We have a pretty big family. [continues with the next question]
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
9
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 (Student B) PAIR WORK First, write three or more questions on the blank lines. Then interview your partner by adding an introductory phrase and changing the question into an embedded question. Take turns asking and answering each other’s questions. 1. What is the most amazing trip you’ve ever taken? 2. Do you like to learn new things? 3. What kind of music do you like? 4. How often do you exercise? 5. Do you worry about the future? 6. 7. 8.
Example: Joe:
[What’s your favorite restaurant?] Could you tell me what your favorite restaurant is?
Maria:
I love that Italian place on Main Street. They have the best lasagna. [How many siblings do you have?] I’d like to know how many siblings you have.
Joe:
Well, I have one brother and three sisters. We have a pretty big family. [continues with the next question]
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
10
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 REPORTED SPEECH Change the direct speech into reported speech. Use “She asked” as the introductory phrase. For embedded question verb tenses, refer back to the Tense Changes chart on page 4. 1. “Do you have a pen?” She asked if I had a pen. 2. “What time is it?”
3. “Where are you going?”
4. “What will you wear?”
5. “Are you studying now?”
6. “Where have you been?”
7. “Why didn’t you listen to me?”
8. “Do you want to go out for dinner?”
9. “Did you remember to bring my book?”
10. “Will you help me with my homework?”
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
11
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 WRITING Write about your last phone or text conversation. What did the person say? What were you wondering or thinking about? Include at least five embedded questions in statement or question form.
Example: My boyfriend called me last night. He asked if I wanted to go to the movies on Friday. I didn’t know what was playing this weekend, so I looked it up online. He wondered if there were any comedies playing, but I wanted to know if he would see a horror movie with me. Do you think he was surprised that I wanted to see a horror movie?
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
12
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 7 FIND THE ERRORS Rewrite the correct sentences. 1. Do you know when is the meeting starting? Do you know when the meeting is starting? 2. Would you mind tell me if you’ve been waiting here long?
3. I asked had he left yet.
4. Do you think they will make it on time.
5. I want to know whether not we will get a refund.
6. Could you telling me where the nearest ATM is?
7. Let’s find out the movie will start on time or not.
8. I wonder when will the new gym open.
9. Can you let me know why didn’t you return my call?
10. The question be whether or not school will be canceled.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
13
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 8 CLASS SURVEY Write five more ideas in the blank spaces. When you talk to your classmates, add introductory phrases to make embedded questions. If your classmate answers “Yes,” write his or her name in the column on the right. Try to talk to as many different classmates as you can.
Example: Lee:
Nina, would you mind telling me if you get eight hours of sleep every night?
Nina:
Yes, I always get eight hours of sleep. I go to bed at 11:00 pm and get up at 7:00 am.
#
Find someone who...
1
is concerned about the environment.
2
plays a musical instrument.
3
has met a celebrity.
4
knows where a good Mexican restaurant is.
5
can tell you how to get to a coffee shop.
Name
6 7 8 9 10
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
14
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 9 QUIZ Imagine you are new to the city. Write an embedded question (statement or question form) below each prompt. Ex. You need to go to the bank. I was wondering how to get to the bank. Ex. You want to buy new shoes. Can you please tell me how to get to the mall? 1. You wonder what the famous sites are.
2. Your car’s engine is making a funny sound.
3. You want to take karate lessons.
4. You don’t know what time the Italian restaurant opens.
5. You need a haircut.
6. You want a new jacket.
7. You don’t know what time the coffee shop closes.
8. You want to volunteer at a local charity.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
15
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 9 cont. 9. You need help because someone broke into your apartment.
10. You don’t have your friend’s phone number.
11. You want to apply for a new job.
12. You need help filling out a form.
13. You want to learn how to play the guitar.
14. You found someone’s wallet.
15. You want to know where you can take English classes.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
16
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: High Int – Adv
In this lesson, students learn how to form embedded questions
TIME:
within statements and other questions. Students also review and practice embedded questions used in reported speech.
2–3 hours
TAGS: embedded questions, grammar, indirect speech, reported speech, sentence patterns, questions, noun clauses, grammar
Exercise 1
Exercise 4
1.
I want to know who that was.
Answers will vary.
2.
Do you remember when the meeting starts?
3.
I wonder if they like sushi.
4.
Who knows what time it is?
5.
They asked where the restaurant was.
1.
She asked if I had a pen.
6.
She’s not sure what he wants.
2.
She asked what time it was.
7.
Does he think it will be a nice day?
3.
She asked where I was going.
8.
Could you tell me if/whether they eat meat?
4.
She asked what I would wear.
9.
I want to know how to get to the post office.
5.
She asked if I was studying now.
6.
She asked where I had been.
7.
She asked why I hadn’t listened to her.
8.
She asked if I wanted to go out for dinner.
9.
She asked if I had remembered to bring her book.
10. She asked if I wanted more pasta.
Exercise 2 1.
When are you leaving?
2.
Why did the class start late?
3.
What time does the movie start?
4.
Will she be late?
5.
Should I talk to the principal?
6.
How do we get to the library?
7.
Where is the bathroom?
8.
Are they going to show up?
9.
When did she hand in her assignment?
Exercise 5
10. She asked if I would help her with her homework.
Exercise 6 Answers will vary. (continued on the next page...)
10. Should we wait?
Exercise 3 Answers will vary. Make sure students are using end punctuation that matches the introductory phrase. Note that #15 can have either a period or a question mark, but make sure students can explain their choice (refer them back to Note 6 on page 5 if they need clarification).
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
17
Embedded Questions
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 7 1.
Do you know when the meeting is starting?
2.
Would you mind telling me if you’ve been waiting here long?
3.
I asked if he had left yet.
4.
Do you think they will make it on time?
5.
I want to know whether or not we will get a refund.
6.
Could you tell me where the nearest ATM is?
7.
Let’s find out whether/if the movie will start on time or not.
8.
I wonder when the new gym will open.
9.
Can you let me know why you didn’t return my call?
10. The question is whether or not school will be canceled.
Exercise 8 Answers will vary.
Exercise 9 Answers will vary. SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Canceled and Favorite. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Cancelled and Favourite. Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: For more examples and practice with reported speech, try our Grammar Practice Worksheets lesson: •
Direct & Reported Speech https://esllibrary.com/courses/88/lessons/1618
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
18
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Passive Causative Table of Contents 2
Grammar Notes The Passive Causative
4
Exercise 1 Complete the Sentences
5
Exercise 2 Rewrite the Sentences
6
Exercise 3 Pair Work
7
Exercise 4 Writing
8
Exercise 5 Quiz: Passive Causative Vs. Causative
9
Answer Key
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
1
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes THE PASSIVE CAUSATIVE
A. Use The passive causative is generally used for services such as repairs, beauty treatments, or job duties. This verb form combines causative verbs (which show that someone is causing someone else to do something) and the passive voice (when the focus is on the thing, not the person).
B. Form To understand how the passive causative is formed, review the causative and passive patterns below. Then look at the passive causative pattern and example and notice how both causative and passive elements are used. CAUSATIVE PATTERN Pattern
Subject + Have / Let / Make + Object + Base Verb
Example
We had them repair our roof.
(person) (any tense)
(person)
(no endings / no tense)
PASSIVE PATTERN Pattern
Subject + Be / Get + Past Participle (+ by someone)
Example
Our roof was repaired (by them).
(thing)
(any tense)
(person, often dropped)
PASSIVE CAUSATIVE PATTERN Pattern
Subject + Have / Get + Object + Past Participle (+ by someone) (person)
(any tense) (thing)
(person, often dropped)
We1 had2 our roof 3 repaired4 (by them).5 the subject is a person, not a thing, from the causative pattern the main verb is have from the causative pattern (or get from the passive pattern) 3 the focus of the past participle is on a thing, not a person, from the passive pattern 4 the past participle form is from the passive pattern 5 the phrase by someone (can be dropped) is from the passive pattern 1
Example
2
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
2
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. C. Examples • The manager had the report sent out early this morning. • The bride is having her wedding cake delivered. • I got my hair cut last weekend. • My landlord said he will get our furnace fixed as soon as possible.
D. Some Notes on "Get" It’s easy to see why have is used in the passive causative pattern—it’s also a causative verb (along with let and make). But why and when do we use get in this pattern?
Note #1
Note #3
Get is the informal passive form of be.
While have and get have the same meaning in a passive causative sentence, get is not as formal, so it is best to avoid it in formal writing and speaking.
• The food was eaten. The food got eaten. • His car was fixed. His car got fixed.
Note #2
• I had my oil changed last month. (formal or informal) • I got my oil changed last month. (informal only)
Get also has a causative meaning (making someone do something). However, it’s not a true causative verb, so it is followed by an infinitive. • My parents got me to clean my room. • The teacher got the students to suggest presentation ideas.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
3
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 COMPLETE THE SENTENCES Complete the sentences using get in the appropriate tense along with the object and verb provided. got her hair done Ex. She for the wedding. (her hair, do)
1. Our friends tomorrow evening. (the dinner party, cater)
2. We last month. (our gutters, clean)
3. Whenever we have an office party, we by volunteers. (the mess, clean up)
4. When did you last ? (your hair, cut)
5. I by someone from the IT department tomorrow. (my system, reboot)
6. We every week. (our garbage, pick up)
7. He right after he dropped it. (his cracked cell phone screen, replace)
8. The HR manager by all the new employers now. (forms, fill out)
9. I prefer by an accountant. (my taxes, prepare)
10. She likes at that salon on Smith Street. (her nails, do)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
4
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 REWRITE THE SENTENCES Change the following causative sentences to the passive causative using have and by. Ex. They had the store down the street print the brochures. They had the brochures printed by the store down the street. 1. The judge will have the jury deliver the verdict.
2. My parents are having the landscapers cut down many trees.
3. Once a year, I have a vet examine my dog.
4. She had someone at the Apple store fix her computer.
5. We will have the photographer put all the shots on a disk.
6. You had that cleaning service clean your house, didn’t you?
7. He had his friends move his furniture.
8. You said that you had your coworker complete the project.
9. I had the dental hygienist clean my teeth.
10. They had their lawyer serve papers to the company they’re suing.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
5
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 PAIR WORK Imagine you and your partner are managers in a company. Write five passive causative questions asking if certain things have been done by someone. Then ask your partner the questions and write down his or her answers. Practice with both positive and negative answers.
A. Questions Ex. Did you have this document formatted by your assistant? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
B. Answers Ex. She didn't have this document formatted by her assistant. She got it formatted by her intern instead. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
6
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 WRITING Think about all the things that you’ve had people do for you during the past year (e.g., repairs, haircuts, dental work, etc.). If you can’t think of many things you’ve actually had done for you, then use your imagination and make something up instead!
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
7
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 QUIZ: PASSIVE CAUSATIVE VS. CAUSATIVE This quiz contains a mix of causative and passive causative sentences. Find one error in each sentence below. Rewrite the sentence correctly. Ex. My doctor had me scheduled a follow-up appointment. My doctor had me schedule a follow-up appointment. 1. The charity has the money collect by volunteers.
2. I get my hair dyed pink last month.
3. They have had their employees worked late many times this year.
4. Our teacher is having us writing an essay for homework.
5. We had the parcel send by courier last week, so you should have received it by now.
6. My neighbors have their groceries delivery once a week.
7. I got the hotel staff send up a bathrobe and slippers.
8. You should have that rash look at by a doctor.
9. After our sink overflowed, we have our drain unclogged.
10. Do you need get those documents edited?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
8
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: High Int – Adv
In this lesson, students learn how the passive causative is formed
TIME:
and when it is used. They practice both the formal and informal forms of the passive causative through a variety of writing and
2 hours
TAGS: passive causative, passive, causative, have, get, verbs, tenses, formal, informal, grammar
speaking activities.
Exercise 1
Exercise 3
Answers may vary slightly.
Answers will vary. Monitor your students for correct passive causative usage.
1.
are getting / will get / the dinner party catered
2.
got our gutters cleaned
3.
get the mess cleaned up
4.
get your hair cut
5.
am getting / will get my system rebooted
Answers will vary.
6.
get our garbage picked up
Monitor your students for correct passive causative usage.
7.
got his cracked cell phone screen replaced
8.
is getting the forms filled out
9.
to get / getting my taxes prepared
Exercise 4
(continued on the next page...)
10. to get / getting her nails done
Exercise 2 1.
The judge will have the verdict delivered by the jury.
2.
My parents are having many trees cut down by the landscapers.
3.
Once a year, I have my dog examined by a vet.
4.
She had her computer fixed by someone at the Apple store.
5.
We will have all the shots put on a disk by the photographer.
6.
You had your house cleaned by that cleaning service, didn’t you?
7.
He had his furniture moved by his friends.
8.
You said that you had the project completed by your coworker.
9.
I had my teeth cleaned by the dental hygienist.
10. They had papers served by their lawyer to the company they’re suing. / They had papers served to the company they’re suing by their lawyer.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
9
Passive Causative
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 5 Answers may vary. 1.
The charity has the money collected by volunteers.
2.
I got my hair dyed pink last month.
3.
They have had their employees work late many times this year.
4.
Our teacher is having us write an essay for homework.
5.
We had the parcel sent by courier last week, so you should have received it by now.
6.
My neighbors have their groceries delivered once a week.
7.
I got the hotel staff to send up a bathrobe and slippers.
8.
You should have that rash looked at by a doctor.
9.
After our sink overflowed, we had our drain unclogged.
10. Do you need to get those documents edited? SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Neighbors and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Neighbours and Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR'S NOTE: If your students can handle it, you may want to point out the causative verb “make” can take a passive form in formal writing/ speaking (i.e., when someone was made to do something). This is not the same as the passive causative. The main difference is that the passive focuses on the former object (person), while the passive causative focuses on the former subject and former object (thing). For example: •
Causative: The CEO made her assistant type up the report.
•
Passive form of the causative verb “make”: Her assistant was made to type up the report (by the CEO).
•
Passive Causative: The CEO had/got the report typed up (by her assistant).
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
10
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Direct & Reported Speech Table of Contents 2
Grammar Notes Direct & Reported Speech
6
Exercise 1 Punctuation
7
Exercise 2 Find the Error
8
Exercise 3 Reported to Direct Speech
9
Exercise 4 Direct to Reported Speech
10
Exercise 5 Direct to Reported Speech
11
Exercise 6 Find the Error
12
Exercise 7 Multiple-Choice
13
Exercise 8 Direct to Reported Speech
14
Answer Key
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
1
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes DIRECT & REPORTED SPEECH
A. Direct Speech Direct speech is mainly used to write dialogue or quoted speech. Read how to punctuate direct speech below. Position of Quoted Speech
Instructions
Examples
1. Place a comma after the subject and reporting verb (said, commented, added, explained, yelled, etc.)
• The doctor said, “Take your medicine every day.”
2. Insert the first set of quotation marks.
at the end of a sentence
3. Begin the sentence or phrase inside the quotation marks with a capital letter. 4. Place the correct punctuation (period, question mark, exclamation point, etc.) at the end of the sentence.
• The candidate commented, “I have always been honest.” • Victor asked, “Why do you always come late?”
5. Insert the second set of quotation marks after the punctuation.
• The coach screamed, “You have to play harder than this!”
1. Begin with the first set of quotation marks.
• “I have always loved you,” Kil Yi whispered.
2. Capitalize the first letter of the sentence.
at the beginning of a sentence
• The professor said, “We will have a test tomorrow afternoon.”
3. At the end of the sentence, place a comma, question mark, or exclamation mark (not a period). 4. Insert the second set of quotation marks after the comma. 5. Insert the subject and reporting verb, and end the sentence with a period.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
• “Take your bags and report to section five!” the sergeant screamed. • “Why do you always bother me?” the trainer asked. • “Please don’t take my purse,” Laura pleaded. • “Those roses are fantastic!” Emily exclaimed.
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
2
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. A. Direct Speech cont. Position of Quoted Speech
Instructions
Examples
1. Begin with the first set of quotation marks.
• “I think,” Bob commented, “that this is the worst day of my life.”
2. Capitalize the first letter of the sentence. 3. At the end of the first part of the quote, place a comma and quotation marks.
split by the subject and the verb
• “Could you please explain,” Karen asked, “why you are always so rude?” • “I really feel,” Victoria said, “that you are 100% wrong.”
4. Insert the subject and reporting verb, and follow the verb with a comma. 5. Include another set of quotation marks and begin the second part of the quote with the lower case. 6. Punctuate the end of the sentence. 7. Include the second set of quotation marks.
• “Pick up your registration forms in Room 122,” the counselor stated, “and go to the gym with your ID.” • “I have never stolen anything,” Fred said, “and I have never lied, either.”
B. Indirect or Reported Speech Reported speech is commonly used in speaking and writing. It is important to note that most verb tenses will change from direct to reported speech. The chart on the next page shows the most common verb and modal changes.
Back It Up! Usually the tense change from direct to reported speech involves a backward move into the past. • simple present simple past • simple past past perfect etc.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
3
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. B. Indirect or Reported Speech cont. Direct Speech Tense
Reported Speech Tense
Example
Simple Present
Simple Past
“I love you.” She said that she loved me.
Present Progressive
Past Progressive
“I am going to the party.” He said that he was going to the party.
Present Perfect
Past Perfect
“I have already eaten.” She said that she had already eaten.
Simple Past
Past Perfect
“I arrived on time.” He said that he had arrived on time.
Past Progressive
Past Perfect Progressive
“I was sleeping.” She said that she had been sleeping.
Simple Future
Conditional
“You will have a test on Thursday.” The professor said that we would have a test on Thursday.
Future Progressive
Conditional Progressive
“I will be traveling to Spain.” She said that she would be traveling to Spain.
Imperative
Infinitive
“Eat your vegetables.” My mother told me to eat my vegetables.
Can (modal of ability)
Could
“You can eat whatever you want.” The doctor said that I could eat whatever I wanted.
Could (modal of possibility)
Could (no change)
“It could rain on the day of the big game.” She said that it could rain on the day of the big game.
Might (modal of possibility)
Might (no change)
“We might go skiing on the weekend.” They said that they might go skiing on the weekend.
May (modal of possibility)
Might
“She may travel abroad in summer.” He said that she might travel abroad in summer.
Should (modal of advice)
Should (no change)
“You should eat more vegetables.” My mother said that I should eat more vegetables.
Must (modal of obligation)
Had To
“You must complete the report by 5:00.” My boss said that I had to complete the report by 5:00.
Have To (modal of obligation)
Had To
“She has to finish the report by 5:00.” She said that she had to finish the report by 5:00.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
4
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Grammar Notes cont. C. Notes Note #1
Note #4
A simple present verb can be reported in the simple present instead of the past when the action has just occurred or if the statement is a well-known fact.
Use said without a direct object.
• Ruth said that she loves me.
� Jim said that he was coming. � Jim said me that he was coming.
• Ruth always tells me that she loves me.
Note #5 Note #2
Use told with a direct object.
Sometimes, when making predictions, the reporting verb is in the simple future and the other clause is in the simple present.
� The teacher told me to come early. � The teacher told to come early.
• My mother will say that she is too sick to go.
Note #6 Note #3 The relative pronoun that used after the reporting verb is optional, but commonly used. There is no difference in meaning.
In reporting imperatives (commands), remember to use the correct negative infinitive form (not + infinitive). • Rosita told me not to eat cake before dinner.
� Margo said that she would call me after breakfast tomorrow. � Margo said she would call me after breakfast tomorrow.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
5
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 1 PUNCTUATION Punctuate the following sentences. Use direct speech. Use capital letters where necessary. 1. John said I am very happy to meet you 2. The doctor said you should cut down on your salt intake 3. Natasha explained I am here to learn not to fool around 4. Pack your bags and get out of here screamed the landlord 5. I believe Toshiko said that you are holding my bag 6. Can you tell me how to get to Route 17 Atsuko asked 7. The fastest way out is through the library Robert explained 8. The professor said we will have a test on Friday 9. Boris yelled where are my new shoes 10. I think that you are wrong Oleg stated and I also feel that you don’t understand the subject at all
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
6
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 2 FIND THE ERROR Circle one or more mistakes in each sentence, and write the correct sentences below. 1. “I will come on time.” the doctor said.
2. “Do you love me” Russell asked.
3. “I will never leave you.” Paula explained. “And I will always be there for you.”
4. Cynthia said, “Please tell me what to do”.
5. Bob exclaimed You just stole my wallet!
6. “Can you please. Maria asked, “Tell me where is the library.”
7. Boomer said my parents are leaving right away.
8. “Where are my shoes Bill asked.
9. Hee Won said i am sorry to hear about that”.
10. Grandpa always said always to dress nicely the first time you meet someone.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
7
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 3 REPORTED TO DIRECT SPEECH Change the sentences with reported speech to sentences with direct speech. 1. The professor said that he would correct the tests on Saturday.
2. Natalia asked where the cafeteria was.
3. The doctor explained that he would operate on Tuesday.
4. My mother said that she was tired.
5. Greta told me not to leave so early.
6. Mark said that he could speak four languages.
7. Shirley told me to take notes in biology class.
8. My sister said that we would leave early Sunday morning.
9. Hideyuki explained that he was feeling sick.
10. Harold asked why I was wearing such old clothes.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
8
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 4 DIRECT TO REPORTED SPEECH Report these sentences, beginning with “Lisa said that...” 1. “We must leave at 6:00.” Lisa said that 2. “My birthday will be a special day.”
3. “I may go to the movies after class.”
4. “Letitia has to come to the party.”
5. “I might not come with you to the restaurant.”
6. “It will probably rain on Thursday.”
7. “Paul won’t remember to call me.”
8. “Julie can give her presentation after Hanna.”
9. “Juan will never do it on time.”
10. “You should buy a new pair of shoes for the dance.”
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
9
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 5 DIRECT TO REPORTED SPEECH Report these sentences, beginning with “The professor said that...” When an infinitive verb is required, use “The professor told us...” 1. “We will have a test on Monday.” The professor said that 2. “We are going to study conditionals.”
3. “Study hard!”
4. “The exam is easy.”
5. “You should bring a dictionary to class.”
6. “Don’t cheat!”
7. “Leave when you are finished.”
8. “I am going to correct the tests on the weekend.”
9. “You can take the tests home.”
10. “The class will end on Wednesday, August 7.”
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
10
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 6 FIND THE ERROR Circle one or more mistakes in each sentence, and write the correct sentences below. 1. Rosa said that she will come early to the meeting.
2. The doctor said me not eat so much beef.
3. Olivia told that she will be late.
4. The counselor told me not take any more literature classes.
5. Maria Pia said that she is not going to Colombia.
6. Kil Yi said that he is gonna leave at 6:00.
7. Victor said never to cheat on exams.
8. Isabella said me that she will not never marry me.
9. My mother told me cook dinner myself.
10. Elise said that she has already eat.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
11
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 7 MULTIPLE-CHOICE Choose the correct answer. 1. “I can’t drive a truck,” Bill said. Bill said that . a) he couldn’t drive a truck b) couldn’t he drive a truck 2. “Where is Piadora?” Carmine asked. Carmine asked . a) where was Piadora b) where Piadora was 3. “You will have another chance to raise your grade,” the professor said. The professor said that . a) we will have another chance to raise our grades b) we would have another chance to raise our grades 4. “You must stop taking those pills,” the doctor explained. The doctor explained that I . a) had to stop taking those pills b) can stop taking those pills 5. “Get out of here!” the clerk told me. The clerk told me . a) to get out of there b) that I should get out of there
6. “We should study harder,” Samantha said. Samantha said . a) we must study harder b) we should study harder 7. “I am going to Montreal tomorrow,” Jesse said. Jesse said . a) that she was going to Montreal the next day. b) that she is going to Montreal the next day. 8. “Is this your coat?” Gee asked. Gee asked me . a) if that was my coat b) if that is my coat 9. “Can you help me?” Irina asked. Irina asked me . a) if I can help her b) if I could help her 10. “I have already studied this unit,” Ned said. Ned said . a) he has already studied that unit b) he had already studied that unit
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
12
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Exercise 8 DIRECT TO REPORTED SPEECH Change the sentences with direct speech to sentences with reported speech. Pay particular attention to the verb tenses. 1. “You can play the piano well.” John said that I
2. “Leave when you finish the test.” The teacher told us
3. “I am not going to eat the whole chicken.” Carlos said that he
4. “Don’t take the last one.” My mother told me
5. “The painter will begin work on Monday.” My brother explained that
6. “Don’t speed anymore!” the police officer said. The police officer told me
7. “You should study the past tense,” the teacher said. The teacher said that
8. “Cut the grass after lunch.” My father told me
9. “I am going to Philadelphia in May.” Bob said that he
10. “Ranklin will win the election.” The governor predicted that
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
13
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: High Int – Adv
In this lesson, students will learn the rules for verb tenses and
TIME:
punctuation in direct and reported speech. Then they practice changing sentences from direct to reported speech and vice versa.
2–3 hours
TAGS: speech, direct speech, reported speech, indirect speech, quoted speech, verb tenses, tense changes, grammar
Exercise 1
Exercise 3
1.
John said, “I am very happy to meet you.”
1.
2.
The doctor said, “You should cut down on your salt intake.”
2.
Natalia asked, “Where is the cafeteria?”
3.
Natasha explained, “I am here to learn, not to fool around.”
3.
The doctor explained, “I will operate on Tuesday.”
The professor said, “I will correct the tests on Saturday.”
4. “Pack your bags and get out of here!” screamed the landlord.
4.
My mother said, “I am tired.”
5. “I believe,” Toshiko said, “that you are holding my bag.”
5.
Greta told me, “Don’t leave so early.”
6. “Can you tell me how to get to Route 17?” Atsuko asked.
6.
Mark said, “I can speak four languages.”
7.
“The fastest way out is through the library,” Robert explained.
7.
Shirley told me, “Take notes in biology class.”
8.
The professor said, “We will have a test on Friday.”
8.
My sister said, “We will leave early Sunday morning.”
9.
Boris yelled, “Where are my new shoes?”
9.
Hideyuki explained, “I am feeling sick.”
10. “I think that you are wrong,” Oleg stated, “and I also
10. Harold asked, “Why are you wearing such old clothes?”
feel that you don’t understand the subject at all.”
Exercise 2 1.
“I will come on time,” the doctor said.
Exercise 4 1.
Lisa said that we had to leave at 6:00.
2.
Lisa said that her birthday would be a special day.
2. “Do you love me?” Russell asked.
3.
Lisa said that she might go to the movies after class.
3. “I will never leave you,” Paula explained,
4.
Lisa said that Letitia had to come to the party.
“and I will always be there for you.”
5.
Lisa said that she might not come with me/us to the restaurant.
4.
Cynthia said, “Please tell me what to do.”
6.
Lisa said that it would probably rain on Thursday.
5.
Bob exclaimed, “You just sole my wallet!”
7.
Lisa said that Paul would not remember to call her.
8.
Lisa said that Julie could give her presentation after Hanna.
9.
Lisa said that Juan would never do it on time.
6. “Can you please,” Maria asked, “tell me where the library is?” 7.
Boomer said, “My parents are leaving right away.”
8. “Where are my shoes?” Bill asked. 9.
10. Lisa said that I should buy a new pair of shoes for the dance.
Hee Won said, “I am sorry to hear about that.”
10. Grandpa always said, “Always dress nicely the first time you meet someone.”
(continued on the next page...)
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
14
Direct & Reported Speech
Grammar Practice Worksheets
Answer Key cont. Exercise 5
Exercise 8
1.
The professor said that we would have a test on Monday.
1.
John said that I could play the piano well.
2.
The professor said that we were
2.
The teacher told us to leave when we finished the test.
going to study conditionals.
3.
Carlos said that he was not going to eat the whole chicken.
3.
The professor told us to study hard.
4.
My mother told me not to take the last one.
4.
The professor said that the exam was easy.
5.
My brother explained that the
5.
The professor said that we should bring a dictionary to class.
6.
The police officer told me not to speed anymore.
6.
The professor told us not to cheat.
7.
The teacher said that I/we should study the past tense.
7.
The professor told us to leave when we were finished.
8.
My father told me to cut the grass after lunch.
8.
The professor said that he/she was
9.
Bob said that he was going to Philadelphia in May.
going to correct the tests on the weekend.
10. The governor predicted that Ranklin would win the election.
9.
The professor said that we could take the tests home.
painter would begin work on Monday.
SPELLING NOTE:
10. The professor said that the class would end on Wednesday, August 7.
This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Backward, Counselor, and Traveling. Most other English-speaking countries
Exercise 6
spell these words this way: Backwards, Counsellor, and Travelling.
1.
Rosa said that she would come early to the meeting.
2.
The doctor told me not to eat so much beef.
Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
3.
Olivia said that she would be late.
4.
The counselor told me not to take any more literature classes.
5.
Maria Pia said that she was not going to Colombia.
6.
Kil Yi said that he was going to leave at 6:00.
7.
Victor said to never cheat on exams.
8.
Isabella told me that she would never marry me.
9.
My mother told me to cook dinner myself.
10. Elise said that she had already eaten.
Exercise 7 1. a
3. b
5. a
7. a
9. b
2. b
4. a
6. b
8. a
10. b
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 4 . 0)
15
Everyday Idioms 2
The First Year:
Introduction Warm-Up A. Preview In this introduction to the series, you will learn a little about Kate, the main character in this series. Kate is about to start her first year of university. How do you think she is feeling? How do you think her parents are feeling?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
head off
a) to quit school
2.
on campus
b) good and bad events or occurrences
3.
emotional roller coaster
4.
comfort zone
c) experiencing many different feelings such as happiness, sadness, loneliness, and excitement
5.
in one piece
6.
count on
7.
deal with
g) to take action in order to address an issue or problem
8.
ups and downs
h) to rely on other people or things for support
9.
drop out
i) a setting you are used to, where you feel comfortable
d) without falling apart or failing e) to leave to go somewhere f) on the property where the university is located
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
The First Year
Introduction | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the passage with your partner a few times. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate is to university. She is going into her first year of undergraduate studies. Not only is she leaving her family and friends, she is moving into a dorm . Kate will experience many firsts this year. She will have her first roommate, take her first exams, land her first restaurant job, and begin her first serious romance. First year is an emotional roller coaster for Kate. Leaving her is not all fun and games. With so much freedom, Kate finds it difficult to focus on important things like school and finances. To get through first year , Kate will have to the people who matter most in her life. These people include her best friend and her family members. Follow these 15 conversations with Kate as she deals with the of campus life and her first year of university.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
The First Year
Introduction | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. Where is Kate going? 2. True or False? Kate is going to work while she attends university. 3. What will Kate have trouble doing this year? 4. How is Kate’s first year described? 5. Who will Kate need to count on to get through her first year of university?
Vocabulary Review Choose the correct word or phrase from the vocabulary on page 1 to complete the following sentences. You may need to change the word form. 1. For my first year, I will be living . 2. S ome days I’m really stressed, and other days I’m as happy as can be. Life has been an lately. 3. If you want to with your troubles, you have to step out of your comfort zone. 4. My oldest daughter will be to university in September. 5. We’ve had our , but our relationship is still in one piece.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
The First Year
Introduction | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Have you ever headed off to a place outside of your comfort zone? How did it feel? 2. What do you think will be the most difficult part of Kate’s first year? 3. Have you ever had a roommate? What was your first experience like? If you haven’t had a roommate, would you want one? 4. Describe a time when your life was an emotional roller coaster.
Group Activity In groups, brainstorm the ups and downs that can occur in the first year of university and fill in the chart to the right. After the discussion, take a class vote to decide the best and worst thing that can happen to a first-year student.
Ups
Downs
Stay Tuned In Episode 1, Kate says goodbye to her best friend Melanie. What secret is Kate hiding from her parents?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
The First Year
Introduction | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this introduction to the series, students learn some background
TIME:
about the main character, Kate. Students also think about and discuss the ups and downs of life as a first-year student.
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, university, college, first year, post-secondary
Warm-Up
Discussion
A. PREVIEW
Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions
Read the introduction together and have a short class discussion.
or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Group Activity
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. e
3. c
5. d
7. g
2. f
4. i
6. h
8. b
9. a
Answers will vary. Put students in groups and have them discuss the ups and downs that occur during the first year of university and record their answers in the chart. After the
Listening
discussion, they can vote on best and worst things that can happen to a first-year student.
Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the passage. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 6 (optional handout).
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the word Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell it this way: Practise
Comprehension
(when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a
1.
Kate is heading off to her first year of university.
2.
True.
3.
Kate will have trouble focusing on important things such as finances and schoolwork.
4.
Kate’s first year is described as an emotional roller coaster.
5.
Kate will need to count on the people who matter most in
challenge for your students to find this word in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spelling. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, “university” is sometimes referred to as “college.” Also, a “first-year student” is called a “freshman.”
her life, including her best friend and her family members.
Vocabulary Review 1.
on campus
4.
heading off
2.
emotional roller coaster
5.
ups and downs
3.
deal with
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
The First Year
Introduction | Everyday Idioms 2
Reading Transcript Take turns reading the passage with your partner a few times. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate is heading off to university. She is going into her first year of undergraduate studies. Not only is she leaving her family and friends, she is also moving into a dorm on campus. Kate will experience many firsts this year. She will have her first roommate, take her first exams, land her first restaurant job, and begin her first serious romance. First year is an emotional roller coaster for Kate. Leaving her comfort zone is not all fun and games. With so much freedom, Kate finds it difficult to focus on important things like school and finances. To get through first year in one piece, Kate will have to count on the people who matter most in her life. These people include her best friend and her family members. Follow these 15 conversations with Kate as she deals with the ups and downs of campus life and her first year of university.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 3:
Off to a Rocky Start Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate was forced to tell her dad that she was moving into a coed residence. Kate’s dad was not pleased, but she asked him to give her the benefit of the doubt. In this episode, Kate meets her new roommate. How do you think Kate will react to living with a second-year student?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
off to a rocky start
2.
snatch up
3.
first come, first served
4.
stuck with
5.
get off lucky
6.
No offense.
7.
frosh
g) to be blessed with good fortune
8.
Go figure.
h) to take quickly
9.
a pain
i) Don’t take this personally.
10. one’s type
a) a remark used to show that you find something surprising, annoying, or unexplainable b) the first person to arrive gets the first opportunity c) a person or group in first year of university d) a person or thing that is suited or similar to another e) not starting well, problems from the beginning f) to have to keep
j) something that makes life difficult
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Off to a Rocky Start
Episode 3 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Yuki
Hi, you must be Yuki. Yeah. Hope you don’t mind that I the window side. It’s around here. That’s okay. I prefer the darker side of the room anyway. I’m not exactly a morning person. I’m Kate, by the way. Good luck making it to all of your early classes. First years always get 8:00 am’s. I think I have Monday and Wednesday early classes. The other days, I don’t start until 10:00 or so. How did you ? Last year, all my classes started at 7:00 or 8:00. You’re in second year? Yeah. , but I can’t believe they placed me with a . It is kind of weird. I mean for you. I’m okay with it, though. I’m majoring in English. How about you? Computer science. I guess we won’t be studying together. . That’s too bad. It would’ve been handy to have a study partner in the same room. I have a bunch of study partners from last year, but none of them are living on rez, which is going to be . Well, I guess I should go help my dad grab my stuff. He’s not impressed that this is a coed dorm. Why not? Doesn’t he trust you? He thinks I should be concentrating on studying, not dating. If it’s anything like last year, you won’t like any of the guys around here anyway. I have some single friends I could set you up with. Doubt you’re , though.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Off to a Rocky Start
Episode 3 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. Why does Kate say she prefers the dark side of the room? 2. What is Kate surprised to find out about her new roommate?
Where’s the Pronoun?
3. Which subjects are Kate and Yuki majoring in?
In spoken English, native speakers sometimes cut out pronouns like “I” or “You” at the beginning of a sentence.
4. According to Yuki, why is studying going to be a real “pain” this year? 5. What can be inferred about Yuki’s experience in the dorm last year?
Phrases like “I hope you don’t mind...” or “I hope it’s okay...” are often reduced to “Hope you don’t mind...” or “Hope it’s okay...”
6. Why does Kate have to cut off her conversation with Yuki? 7. Do you think Kate and Yuki are going to become good friends? Why or why not?
You might also hear “wish” or “though” used this way. For example, “I wish you’d told me” becomes “Wish you’d told me.”
Vocabulary Review Some of the words in these sentences are mixed up. Circle the mistakes and rewrite the corrected sentences in your notebook.
When spoken quickly, clipped phrases like “Coulda tol me!” (You could have told me!) are difficult to catch. The dialogues in this series contain spoken English. You will find incomplete sentences and imperfect English. This is the stuff you hear in real life!
1. My roommate and I are up to a rocky finish. 2. No offend, but I can smell garlic on your breath. 3. The university halls are full of fresh. 4. Gone figures. There’s no milk for the coffee. 5. I snacked up the last empty chair. 6. It’s a pine that he gives us homework on the weekends. 7. I’ll try to make out to soccer practice, but I have to work until 5:00. 8. Thanks for setting me up with Kyle. Sorry he wasn’t my typing. 9. I got in lucky because my teacher was sick.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Off to a Rocky Start
Episode 3 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Describe a time when you got off to a rocky start with someone. 2. A morning person is also called an early riser or an early bird. The opposite is a night owl. Which one are you and why? 3. Are dorms coed in your country? Discuss the pros and cons of coed facilities, such as gyms. 4. Think of all the people in your life (friends, family members, classmates). Who would make an ideal roommate and why?
Class Activity Have a class discussion based on the questions below. Each time one of the words from the word list is spoken, cross it off. Continue the class discussion until all of the review words have been used. 1. What are the qualities of a good roommate? 2. What are the qualities of a poor roommate? 3. Have you ever had an ideal roommate? Describe your experience.
Word List: • • • • • • • • • •
emotional roller coaster roommate rocky start Go figure! early bird night owl it pays meaning to I swear benefit of the doubt
• • • • • • • • •
can’t afford off campus on campus comfort zone dorm alone time ups and downs count on deal with
Stay Tuned In Episode 4, Kate tracks down the Residence Don and requests a room change.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Off to a Rocky Start
Episode 3 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate meets her new roommate. Yuki is
TIME:
a second-year student. The two girls are not a perfect match. Students discuss who their ideal roommate would be.
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, roommate, roommates, compatibility
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
1.
My roommate and I are off to a rocky start.
2.
No offense, but I can smell garlic on your breath.
3.
The university halls are full of frosh.
4.
Go figure. There’s no milk for the coffee.
Read the preview together and have students make predictions. B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
5.
I snatched up the last empty chair.
1. e
3. b
5. g
7. c
9. j
6.
It’s a pain that he gives us homework on the weekends.
2. h
4. f
6. i
8. a
10. d
7.
I’ll try to make it to soccer practice, but I have to work until 5.
8.
Thanks for setting me up with Kyle. Sorry he wasn’t my type.
9.
I got off lucky because my teacher was sick.
Listening Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue.
Discussion
After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 7 (optional handout).
Comprehension
Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry. (continued on the next page...)
1.
Kate says she prefers the dark side of the room because she’s not a morning person.
2.
Kate is surprised to find out that her new roommate is in her second year.
3.
Kate is majoring in English literature, and Yuki is majoring in computer science.
4.
According to Yuki, studying is going to be a real “pain” this year because her study partners are living off campus.
5.
Yuki suggests that she didn’t find a boyfriend in the dorm last year.
6.
Kate has to cut off her conversation with Yuki because she needs to help her dad bring in her stuff.
7.
Individual answers.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Off to a Rocky Start
Episode 3 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Class Activity The purpose of this activity is to review vocabulary from this lesson and the previous lessons from this series. Discuss the questions as a class and make sure to use all of the words from the word list.
Dialogue Building This optional task is included on page 8. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. g
5. a
9. p
13. e
2. n
6. o
10. f
14. k
3. m
7. i
11. b
15. l
4. c
8. d
12. j
16. h
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Offense and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Offence and Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, “university” is sometimes referred to as “college.” Americans also call a “second-year student” a “sophomore.” American students refer to on-campus housing as “dorms,” while students in other English-speaking countries also use the terms “res,” “rez,” and “residence.”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Off to a Rocky Start
Episode 3 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Yuki
Hi, you must be Yuki. Yeah. Hope you don’t mind that I snatched up the window side. It’s first come, first served around here. That’s okay. I prefer the darker side of the room anyway. I’m not exactly a morning person. I’m Kate, by the way. Good luck making it to all of your early classes. First years always get stuck with 8:00 am’s. I think I have Monday and Wednesday early classes. The other days, I don’t start until 10:00 or so. How did you get off so lucky? Last year, all my classes started at 7:00 or 8:00. You’re in second year? Yeah. No offense, but I can’t believe they placed me with a frosh. It is kind of weird. I mean for you. I’m okay with it, though. I’m majoring in English. How about you? Computer science. I guess we won’t be studying together. Go figure. That’s too bad. It would’ve been handy to have a study partner in the same room. I have a bunch of study partners from last year, but none of them are living on rez, which is going to be a real pain. Well, I guess I should go help my dad grab my stuff. He’s not impressed that this is a coed dorm. Why not? Doesn’t he trust you? He thinks I should be concentrating on studying, not dating. If it’s anything like last year, you won’t like any of the guys around here anyway. I have some single friends I could set you up with. Doubt you’re their type, though.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Off to a Rocky Start
Episode 3 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
I think I have Monday and Wednesday early classes. The other days, I don’t start until 10:00 or so.
b
That’s too bad. It would’ve been handy to have a study partner in the same room.
c
Good luck making it to all of your early classes. First years always get stuck with 8:00 am’s.
d
Yeah. No offense, but I can’t believe they placed me with a frosh.
e
Well, I guess I should go help my dad grab my stuff. He’s not impressed that this is a coed dorm.
f
Computer science. I guess we won’t be studying together. Go figure.
g
Hi, you must be Yuki.
h
If it’s anything like last year, you won’t like any of the guys around here anyway. I have some single friends I could set you up with. Doubt you’re their type, though.
i
You’re in second year?
j
I have a bunch of study partners from last year, but none of them are living on rez, which is going to be a real pain.
k
Why not? Doesn’t he trust you?
l
He thinks I should be concentrating on studying, not dating.
m
That’s okay. I prefer the darker side of the room anyway. I’m not exactly a morning person. I’m Kate, by the way.
n
Yeah. Hope you don’t mind that I snatched up the window side. It’s first come, first served around here.
o
How did you get off so lucky? Last year, all my classes started at 7:00 or 8:00.
p
It is kind of weird. I mean for you. I’m okay with it, though. I’m majoring in English. How about you?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 6:
Kate Lands a Job Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate asked her mom for money. She can’t get along with her roommate, but a single room is more expensive. Kate’s mom cannot afford to help Kate cover the costs. She advises Kate to get a part-time job. Kate will do anything to get out of her shared room. In this episode, Kate applies for a job at a restaurant. Will this solve Kate’s roommate problems?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
have something handy
a) very busy
2.
hectic
b) to have something readily available
3.
people person
4.
bubbly
c) an expression used to introduce something true, yet surprising or coincidental
5.
it just so happens
6.
lasting impression
7.
rhyme off
8.
short on something
h) an image or thought that will remain in one’s mind for a long time
9.
call in
i) someone who loves to be around other people, sociable
d) to not have enough of something e) to say (out loud) a large list of things f) to know what someone is thinking g) in a difficult position, in need of help
10. in a pinch
j) to call a person to come in to work on an unscheduled work day
11. read one’s mind
k) very outgoing, always in a happy and lively mood
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Kate Lands a Job
Episode 6 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Randy
Kate
Hi, I’m Kate. Oh, yes, for the hostess position. I’m Randy. Come on into my office. Thanks. I brought my resume for you to look at in case you don’t . Excellent. It says here you have no prior restaurant experience. You have worked in retail before, though. Yes. I worked in my aunt’s store over the holidays the last few Christmases. It was really , but I loved it. Tell me what you loved about it. Are you ? I think so. I’m pretty , and I think that’s what a restaurant needs at the entrance. You’re right. And the entrance is also the exit in most restaurants. Do you know what that means, Kate? Sure. The hostess has to leave a . Like...she needs to convince the guests to come back somehow. And how would you do that, Kate? Well, for example, I could upcoming specials or features as they're paying or getting their coats on. I could also ask guests to fill out a comment card. You’re reading my mind, Kate! I love the way you call customers “guests.” I think you’ve got yourself a job. Just like that? Wow. Thanks! There’s just one other thing. I’m tonight. Are you available at 5:00? Tonight? Well, my last class ends at 3:00, so I guess I could be here on time. Great. I’ll need you for three shifts a week at least. I may on other days if I’m .
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Kate Lands a Job
Episode 6 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. Who is Randy? 2. What does Kate bring with her to the interview (and why)?
Did you know?
3. True or False? Kate has worked in a restaurant before.
The host (male) or hostess (female) greets the guests in a restaurant. This is an entrylevel position in the front of the house. Another entry-level position in the front of the house is the bus person (he or she clears the plates and sets tables). An entry-level position in the back of the house is a dishwasher.
4. What role does a hostess have, according to Kate? 5. How does Kate describe her personality? 6. Why does the manager say, “You’re reading my mind, Kate!”? 7. What does Kate mean when she says, “Just like that?” 8. When will Kate begin her new job?
After completing an entrylevel position in the front of the house, a host or hostess may be invited to train as a server (waiter/waitress). A dishwasher may train to be a cook or chef. There is always room to move up when you land a restaurant job.
Vocabulary Review A. Odd One Out Circle the word that does not belong in each group. 1. a) typical b) handy c) available d) nearby
4. a) hectic b) long-term c) remaining d) lasting
2. a) list b) rhyme off c) call in d) recite
5. a) busy b) chaotic c) hectic d) short
3. a) bubbly b) social c) outgoing d) handy
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Kate Lands a Job
Episode 6 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Vocabulary Match the words and phrases on the left to the examples on the right. 1.
short on something
a)
She’s so happy and friendly.
2.
bubbly
b)
I don’t have enough sugar.
3.
rhyme something off
c)
We need cereal, eggs, flour, bread...
4.
hectic
d)
How did you know I was thinking of ordering a pizza?
5.
read someone’s mind
e)
I have two appointments and a meeting today.
6.
call someone in
f)
I’ll never forget Satoru’s first teacher.
7.
lasting impression
g)
I’ll see if Mike can fill in for John.
8.
in a pinch
h)
I can’t find a babysitter and I have concert tickets tonight.
9.
have handy
i)
If you need a tissue, I have some in my purse.
C. Choose the Correct Word Circle the correct word to complete each sentence. 1. She left a on the manager and will likely get hired. a) bubble b) lasting impression c) pinch d) short 2. It just I’m driving that way now. a) so happened b) so happens c) so happen d) so happening
4. If you have some water , I’ll take a glass. a) hectic b) bubbly c) handy d) short 5. She was in a , so I offered to look after her pets. a) pinch b) short c) bubble d) rhyme
3. If it gets any busier, we’ll have to someone in. a) talk b) short c) call d) rhyme
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Kate Lands a Job
Episode 6 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. How do you feel before a job interview? 2. What interview questions do interviewers usually ask? 3. Could you handle going to school and working part-time?
4. Who do you call when you have financial troubles? Why? 5. What is your favorite restaurant and why? Does the staff make you feel welcome?
Pair Activity A. Rate a Restaurant
B. Writing
Think about the last restaurant you went to. Give the restaurant a rating of 1–5 stars (5 is best). Write out a few customer comments and share the information with a partner.
Who had a better dining experience, you or your partner? Explain.
Comment Card Restaurant Name: Cleanliness: 5 4 3 2 1 Service:
5 4 3 2 1
Food: 5 4 3 2 1
Stay Tuned In Episode 7, Kate tries to make time for her best friend, Melanie.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Kate Lands a Job
Episode 6 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate has an interview for a job at a restaurant and
TIME:
gets hired on the spot. The manager needs her to start right away. Students practice writing a comment card.
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, restaurants, restaurant, comment card, applying for a job, job interview, getting a job, server, waiter, waitress, describing people
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
A. ODD ONE OUT
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
1. a
2. c
3. d
4. a
5. d
9. i
B. MATCHING
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. b
3. i
5. c
7. e
9. j
2. a
4. k
6. h
8. d
10. g
Listening
11. f
1. b
3. c
5. d
7. f
2. a
4. e
6. g
8. h
C. CHOOSE THE CORRECT WORD 1. b
2. b
3. c
4. c
5. a
Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs.
(continued on the next page...)
The full transcript is on page 8 (optional handout).
Comprehension 1.
Randy is the manager of the restaurant where Kate had the interview.
2.
Kate brings her resume with her in case the manager doesn’t have it handy.
3.
False
4.
A hostess is there to greet the guests and leave a lasting impression so that guests will return.
5.
Kate says she is a bubbly person.
6.
The manager says, “You’re reading my mind!” because Kate gave the perfect answer.
7.
Kate is surprised that she got hired so quickly and easily.
8.
Kate will begin her job at 5:00 that day.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Kate Lands a Job
Episode 6 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Discussion Answers will vary. Have a class discussions about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Pair Activity Answers will vary.
Dialogue Building This optional task is on page 9. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. e
5. o
9. l
13. i
2. c
6. d
10. p
14. n
3. m
7. a
11. g
15. b
4. h
8. k
12. j
16. f
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Favorite and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Favourite and Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Kate Lands a Job
Episode 6 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Randy
Kate
Hi, I’m Kate. Oh, yes, for the hostess position. I’m Randy. Come on into my office. Thanks. I brought my resume for you to look at in case you don’t have your copy handy. Excellent. It says here you have no prior restaurant experience. You have worked in retail before, though. Yes. I worked in my aunt’s store over the holidays the last few Christmases. It was really hectic, but I loved it. Tell me what you loved about it. Are you a people person? I think so. I’m pretty bubbly, and I think that’s what a restaurant needs at the entrance. You’re right. And it just so happens the entrance is also the exit in most restaurants. Do you know what that means, Kate? Sure. The hostess has to leave a lasting impression. Like...she needs to convince the guests to come back somehow. And how would you do that, Kate? Well, for example, I could rhyme off upcoming specials or features as they're paying or getting their coats on. I could also ask guests to fill out a comment card. You’re reading my mind, Kate! I love the way you call customers “guests.” I think you’ve got yourself a job. Just like that? Wow. Thanks! There’s just one other thing. I’m short on staff tonight. Are you available at 5:00? Tonight? Well, my last class ends at 3:00, so I guess I could be here on time. Great. I’ll need you for three shifts a week at least. I may call you in on other days if I’m in a pinch.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Kate Lands a Job
Episode 6 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
I think so. I’m pretty bubbly, and I think that’s what a restaurant needs at the entrance.
b
Tonight? Well, my last class ends at 3:00, so I guess I could be here on time.
c
Oh, yes, for the hostess position. I’m Randy. Come on into my office.
d
Tell me what you loved about it. Are you a people person?
e
Hi, I’m Kate.
f
Great. I’ll need you for three shifts a week at least. I may call you in on other days if I’m in a pinch.
g
Well, for example, I could rhyme off upcoming specials or features as they’re paying or getting their coats on. I could also ask guests to fill out a comment card.
h
Excellent. It says here you have no prior restaurant experience. You have worked in retail before, though.
i
Just like that? Wow. Thanks!
j
You’re reading my mind, Kate! I love the way you call customers “guests.” I think you’ve got yourself a job.
k
You’re right. And it just so happens the entrance is also the exit in most restaurants. Do you know what that means, Kate?
l
Sure. The hostess has to leave a lasting impression. Like...she needs to convince the guests to come back somehow.
m
Thanks. I brought my resume for you to look at in case you don’t have your copy handy.
n
There’s just one other thing. I’m short on staff tonight. Are you available at 5:00?
o
Yes. I worked in my aunt’s store over the holidays the last few Christmases. It was really hectic, but I loved it.
p
And how would you do that, Kate?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 12:
Home for the Holidays Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate met her boyfriend’s mom. It was a little awkward because Jason’s parents just split up. In this episode, Kate goes home to her own house for the holidays. She chats with her mom about the visit to Jason’s small town. Will she tell her mom about her grades?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
chat
a) to fail a class
2.
the boonies
b) to work very hard
3.
hustle and bustle
4.
work like a dog
c) to give money or goods to a charity, fundraiser, or person in need
5.
flunk
6.
ditch
7.
slip
g) to give up suddenly
8.
bonus
h) the busyness of people going from place to place
9.
put something towards a good cause
i) to talk informally
d) a remote area that is not close to services or a city e) to fall or drop suddenly f) a sum of money that is given as a reward for hard work
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Home for the Holidays
Episode 12 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Kate’s Mom
Did I tell you how good it is to be home, Mom? Yes, you’ve mentioned it a few times. I’m sorry we don’t get to meet your boyfriend, though. Jason can’t leave his mom alone over the holidays. This whole divorce thing has been pretty hard on both of them. I understand. Did you enjoy your time there? You didn’t have much to say about it the last time we . It’s such a small town. I’d go crazy living in . I hear you. Small towns are nice to visit, but I prefer the of the city. They don’t even have a movie theater there. Jason and I played board games with his mom all weekend. Oh, and we made beaded necklaces. That doesn’t sound so bad. You probably needed a break after such a hectic semester. You’ve been , Kate. That’s not exactly true. I should have told you about this before now. My grades have really . That’s normal for first year, Kate. It’s a big adjustment from high school. It’s worse than you think. I’m three of my four classes. Kate! I had no idea it was that bad. Maybe you need to quit your job. Either that or quit hanging out with Jason so much. I’ve been thinking about my job, but I can’t afford to. Well, your father got his holiday , and I’m sure he’d be happy to if you decided to quit. Really? It would make it a lot easier to concentrate on my studies. Of course, it will also mean seeing less of Jason.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Home for the Holidays
Episode 12 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. How does Kate feel being back at home? 2. How did Kate feel about Jason’s hometown? 3. What does Kate’s mom think her daughter has been doing this semester? 4. What does Kate admit to her mom? 5. What is Kate’s mom surprised about? 6. What is Kate thinking of doing to solve her problem?
Did you know? College or university students who live on campus for their first year have a more difficult time adjusting than commuter students. Commuter students are those who drive or take public transit to college or university. Many continue to live at home. This makes it easier to afford tuition. Those who live at home and go to school in their own hometowns have the least to adjust to. Poor Kate. She has a lot to adjust to in her first year!
7. Why does Kate’s mom mention a holiday bonus?
Vocabulary Review Which word or phrase from page 1 is described in the example? More than one option may be possible. #
Example
1
His house is half an hour from a grocery store, bank, or gas station.
2
He works 12-hour days, 5 days a week.
3
She gave five dollars to the children’s nutrition fund.
4
The employees each got a check for 1,000 dollars after the project was done.
5
His grades went from As to Cs after his girlfriend ditched him.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
Word
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Home for the Holidays
Episode 12 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. How do you feel when you return home after a long time away? 2. Do you prefer small towns or big cities? 3. Describe a time when your grades slipped. 4. Have you ever received a bonus? 5. Describe one major adjustment you made in your life in the past.
Group Activity In small groups, discuss the pros and cons to living in small towns vs. big cities. Record your answers in the chart. Compare your answers with other groups. Small Towns
Big Cities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Stay Tuned In Episode 13, Kate vows to make school her #1 priority.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Home for the Holidays
Episode 12 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate is happy to be home! She chats with her
TIME:
mom about Jason’s small town and confesses that her grades have slipped. Students discuss the pros and cons of small towns
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, grades, home, holidays, small towns, city, cities, university
vs. big cities.
Warm-Up
Discussion
A. PREVIEW
Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Group Activity
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. i
3. h
5. a
7. e
2. d
4. b
6. g
8. f
9. c
Answers will vary. Put students in groups, and have them discuss what to do and what not to do when meeting their girlfriend or boyfriend’s parents. Then record their answers in the chart.
Listening Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 6 (optional handout).
Comprehension
Dialogue Building This optional task is on page 7. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. f
4. o
7. b
10. d
13. l
2. m
5. i
8. j
11. n
14. a
3. c
6. h
9. k
12. g
15. e
1.
Kate is very happy to be back at home.
2.
Kate doesn’t like small towns.
3.
Kate’s mom thinks Kate has been working like a dog.
SPELLING NOTE:
4.
Kate admits that her grades have slipped.
5.
Kate’s mom is surprised that her
This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Theater,
daughter is doing so poorly at school. 6.
Kate is thinking about quitting her job.
7.
Kate’s dad got a holiday bonus that he might use to help Kate out so she can quit her job.
Check, and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Theatre, Cheque, and Practise (when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
Vocabulary Review 1.
in the boonies
4.
bonus
2.
works like a dog
5.
slipped
3.
for a good cause
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Home for the Holidays
Episode 12 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Kate’s Mom
Did I tell you how good it is to be home, Mom? Yes, you’ve mentioned it a few times. I’m sorry we don’t get to meet your boyfriend, though. Jason can’t leave his mom alone over the holidays. This whole divorce thing has been pretty hard on both of them. I understand. Did you enjoy your time there? You didn’t have much to say about it the last time we chatted. It’s such a small town. I’d go crazy living in the boonies. I hear you. Small towns are nice to visit, but I prefer the hustle and bustle of the city. They don’t even have a movie theater there. Jason and I played board games with his mom all weekend. Oh, and we made beaded necklaces. That doesn’t sound so bad. You probably needed a break after such a hectic semester. You’ve been working like a dog, Kate. That’s not exactly true. I should have told you about this before now. My grades have really slipped. That’s normal for first year, Kate. It’s a big adjustment from high school. It’s worse than you think. I’m flunking three of my four classes. Kate! I had no idea it was that bad. Maybe you need to quit your job. Either that or quit hanging out with Jason so much. I’ve been thinking about ditching my job, but I can’t afford to. Well, your father got his holiday bonus, and I’m sure he’d be happy to put it towards a good cause if you decided to quit. Really? It would make it a lot easier to concentrate on my studies. Of course, it will also mean seeing less of Jason.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Home for the Holidays
Episode 12 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
b
c
Well, your father got his holiday bonus, and I’m sure he’d be happy to put it towards a good cause if you decided to quit. They don’t even have a movie theater there. Jason and I played board games with his mom all weekend. Oh, and we made beaded necklaces. Jason can’t leave his mom alone over the holidays. This whole divorce thing has been pretty hard on both of them.
d
That’s normal for first year, Kate. It’s a big adjustment from high school.
e
Really? It would make it a lot easier to concentrate on my studies. Of course, it will also mean seeing less of Jason.
f
Did I tell you how good it is to be home, Mom?
g
Kate! I had no idea it was that bad. Maybe you need to quit your job. Either that or quit hanging out with Jason so much.
h
I hear you. Small towns are nice to visit, but I prefer the hustle and bustle of the city.
i
It’s such a small town. I’d go crazy living in the boonies.
j
That doesn’t sound so bad. You probably needed a break after such a hectic semester. You’ve been working like a dog, Kate.
k
That’s not exactly true. I should have told you about this before now. My grades have really slipped.
l
I’ve been thinking about ditching my job, but I can’t afford to.
m
Yes, you’ve mentioned it a few times. I’m sorry we don’t get to meet your boyfriend, though.
n
It’s worse than you think. I’m flunking three of my four classes.
o
I understand. Did you enjoy your time there? You didn’t have much to say about it the last time we chatted.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 2:
What Do You Mean, Coed? Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Melanie knew something was wrong. As Kate packed her suitcase, she confessed her secret about moving to a coed dorm. In this episode, it is moving day. How do you think Kate’s dad will react when his daughter drops the bombshell?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
wouldn’t miss something for the world
a) to promise
2.
it pays
b) to cause someone to feel uneasy or concerned
3.
mean to
4.
out of character
5.
swear
6.
off campus
f) to accept that someone is innocent (or capable) until proven otherwise
7.
can’t afford
g) to want to be somewhere more than anything else
8.
take up
9.
not sit well
c) it’s worth the effort, results in something positive d) not the typical behavior of a person e) to discuss an issue or concern
h) not on the school grounds i) to plan to do something, but haven’t had time or ability until now
10. think through
j) to think a lot about a decision
11. give someone the benefit of the doubt
k) to not have enough money
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
What Do You Mean, Coed? Episode 2 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Dad
Thanks for taking a day off work to drive me to the campus, Dad. Are you kidding? I wouldn’t . The sign says we can park in front of the residence while we unload. This looks like a good spot. I guess to get here early. It sure looks like a nice place to live. You couldn’t get any closer to the school. Dad, there’s something I’ve been tell you about this place. Don’t worry, Katie. You will miss Melanie, but you’re going to meet all kinds of new girls here. Not just girls, Dad. This residence is coed. Uh, say again? My roommate is a girl, but there are guys that live on some of the floors. This wasn’t my idea. I . You know your mother and I don’t approve of this kind of thing. You’re here to study, Kate! My first choice was the all-girls dorm, but I didn’t get in. I’d have to live if I turned this down. It isn’t like you to keep something from us, Kate. This is so for you. I to rent an apartment, Dad. Maybe we can with the residence office. You knew this with me. Can’t you just ? I’ve thought this through and I really want to live on campus. Well, there’s not much we can do about it now. Why don’t you run in and get the keys? That new roommate of yours better be a girl!
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
What Do You Mean, Coed? Episode 2 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension
Did you know?
Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook.
The term “spot” has several meanings in the English language. It can be used as a verb or a noun. It is also part of an idiomatic expression.
1. Where does the beginning of the conversation take place? 2. Describe the location of Kate’s dorm.
1. spot (verb) – to find and see
3. True or False? Kate’s first choice of residence was the coed dorm. 4. How does Kate’s dad feel after she drops the bombshell?
• C an you spot the mistake? 2. spot (noun) – a place
5. According to Kate’s dad, how will Kate’s mother feel about Kate’s living arrangements?
• I lost my spot in line. 3. o n the spot (idiom) – to not give someone any time to prepare or respond
6. Where would Kate have to live if she didn’t accept her coed residence offer? 7. What is Kate’s dad’s immediate suggestion for the problem? 8. What is the last comment Kate’s dad makes in the conversation?
• H e put me on the spot when he asked me to marry him in front of his whole family.
Vocabulary Review Circle the correct word to complete each sentence. 1. Another way of saying “I promise” is “ .“ a) I afford b) I correct c) I swear d) I doubt
2. Those who can’t get into the dormitories have to live . a) on campus b) off campus c) in campus d) at campus
3. When something makes you uncomfortable, it does not . a) sit well b) suit through c) afford much d) think through
5. It to reserve a table ahead of time. a) sits b) affords c) pays d) misses
4. I’ve been to call you, but I’ve been so busy with work. a) making b) meaning c) minding d) mending
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
What Do You Mean, Coed? Episode 2 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your classmates or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Name something you wish you could afford, but can’t. Is there anything you can do to turn your dream into reality? 2. If you were Kate, would you have waited until the last minute to tell your parents this news?
3. Have you or your friends ever lived on campus? What was the experience like? 4. Have you ever asked someone to give you the benefit of the doubt on something? Describe what happened.
Group Activity In groups, brainstorm the pros and cons of living on and off campus and fill in the chart below. After the discussion, take a vote to see who would want to live on campus and who would want to live off campus.
Life On Campus Pros
Life Off Campus Cons
Pros
Cons
Stay Tuned In Episode 3, Kate and her new roommate get off to a rocky start.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
What Do You Mean, Coed? Episode 2 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
It’s moving day! In this episode, Kate drops a bombshell on her dad
TIME:
when he drops her off at campus. Students discuss the pros and cons of living on and off campus.
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, dorm, dormitory, coed, father, parents, confession
Warm-Up
Comprehension
A. PREVIEW
1.
The beginning of the conversation takes place in the car.
2.
Kate’s dorm is on campus close to the school.
3.
False.
4.
Kate’s dad is disappointed. He thinks Kate
Read the preview together and have students make predictions. B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
should have told him about the situation.
1. g
3. i
5. a
7. k
9. b
2. c
4. d
6. h
8. e
10. j
11. f
5.
of the living arrangements either. 6.
Listening Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 7 (optional handout).
Kate’s mom will likely not approve Kate would have to live off campus if she didn’t accept the coed residence offer.
7.
Kate’s dad suggests they take up the issue with the residence office.
8.
The last comment Kate’s dad makes is that her roommate had better be female.
Vocabulary Review 1. c
2. b
3. a
4. b
5. c
Discussion Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry. (continued on the next page...)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
What Do You Mean, Coed? Episode 2 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Group Activity Answers will vary. Put students in groups, and have them discuss the pros and cons of living on/off campus and record their answers in the chart. After the discussion, they should have a vote to see who would want to live on campus or off campus.
Dialogue Building This optional task is included on page 8. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. k
5. b
9. l
13. e
2. o
6. m
10. d
14. j
3. c
7. g
11. p
15. n
4. f
8. i
12. a
16. h
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Behavior and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Behaviour and Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, American students refer to on-campus housing as “dorms.” Students in other English-speaking countries also use the terms “res,” “rez,” and “residence.”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
What Do You Mean, Coed? Episode 2 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Dad
Thanks for taking a day off work to drive me to the campus, Dad. Are you kidding? I wouldn’t miss this for the world. The sign says we can park in front of the residence while we unload. This looks like a good spot. I guess it pays to get here early. It sure looks like a nice place to live. You couldn’t get any closer to the school. Dad, there’s something I’ve been meaning to tell you about this place. Don’t worry, Katie. You will miss Melanie, but you’re going to meet all kinds of new girls here. Not just girls, Dad. This residence is coed. Uh, say again? My roommate is a girl, but there are guys that live on some of the floors. This wasn’t my idea. I swear. You know your mother and I don’t approve of this kind of thing. You’re here to study, Kate! My first choice was the all-girls dorm, but I didn’t get in. I’d have to live off campus if I turned this down. It isn’t like you to keep something from us, Kate. This is so out of character for you. I can't afford to rent an apartment, Dad. Maybe we can take this up with the residence office. You knew this wasn’t going to sit well with me. Can’t you just give me the benefit of the doubt? I’ve thought this through and I really want to live on campus. Well, there’s not much we can do about it now. Why don’t you run in and get the keys? That new roommate of yours better be a girl!
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
What Do You Mean, Coed? Episode 2 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
It isn’t like you to keep something from us, Kate. This is so out of character for you.
b
Dad, there’s something I’ve been meaning to tell you about this place.
c
i
Uh, say again?
j
Maybe we can take this up with the residence office. You knew this wasn’t going to sit well with me.
The sign says we can park in front of the residence while we unload.
k
Thanks for taking a day off work to drive me to the campus, Dad.
d
You know your mother and I don’t approve of this kind of thing. You’re here to study, Kate!
l
My roommate is a girl, but there are guys that live on some of the floors. This wasn’t my idea. I swear.
e
I can’t afford to rent an apartment, Dad.
f
This looks like a good spot. I guess it pays to get here early. It sure looks like a nice place to live. You couldn’t get any closer to the school.
g
Not just girls, Dad. This residence is coed.
h
Well, there’s not much we can do about it now. Why don’t you run in and get the keys? That new roommate of yours better be a girl!
m
Don’t worry, Katie. You will miss Melanie, but you’re going to meet all kinds of new girls here.
n
Can’t you just give me the benefit of the doubt? I’ve thought this through and I really want to live on campus.
o
Are you kidding? I wouldn’t miss this for the world.
p
My first choice was the all-girls dorm, but I didn’t get in. I’d have to live off campus if I turned this down.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 4:
Roommate Issues Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate met her new roommate, Yuki. Even before Kate unpacked her bags, the roommates seemed to be off to a rocky start. Just a few weeks have passed, but Kate has already had enough of Yuki and her “entourage.” In this episode, Kate approaches the campus “Don” about her problems. What do you think Kate’s Don will do about her roommate issues?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
go-to person
a) not interesting
2.
first things first
b) to resolve an issue
3.
get ahead of oneself
4.
dry
5.
barely even
e) a remark used when one wants to discuss or attend to the first issue before moving on
6.
never mind
f) to talk about someone to another person (usually negative comments)
7.
on one’s plate
g) to make plans or to show concern too far in advance
8.
work something out
9.
talk behind one’s back
10. not exactly
c) only just d) not really, emphasizes “not”
h) on one’s to-do list, things that need to be addressed or completed i) emphasis on something even less likely j) a person who has the answers and can offer guidance on a certain topic
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Roommate Issues
Episode 4 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Alex
You’re Alex, right? I hear you are the about dorm room problems. I’ve been looking for you everywhere. Whoa. . What room are you in? Sorry, I . I’m Kate. Room 17 on the seventh floor. Hi, Kate. Yes, I’m the don for floor 7. How have you enjoyed the first few weeks of school? My classes are bit , but I guess that is to be expected for first year. I'm having a major problem with my roommate, though. Uh-oh. Already? School has started, Kate. Is Yuki keeping you up too late or something? It’s not about the late nights. She just always has someone over in our room. The room is barely big enough for the two of us, her boyfriends. Boyfriends? Oh, does she have more than one this year? Well, I don’t think she’s really dating any of them, but she never comes to the room without an entourage. It’s impossible to study. Have you tried using the study hall or the library? It’s only a ten-minute walk across campus. I know, but I like studying on my bed. That’s what I always did in high school. Look, I can talk to Yuki, but I have a few more serious issues right now. I suggest you take it up with her first. Come see me again if you two can't . There’s one other thing. Yuki and her friends never talk in English. It feels like they’re . It may be annoying, but it’s against the rules to speak your native language, Kate. This isn’t high school, remember? I know, but I'm just wondering if I can request a room change. I think a single room would suit me better.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Roommate Issues
Episode 4 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension
Are you afraid to be alone?
Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. Who is Alex? 2. What small talk does Alex try to make before discussing the main issue? 3. True or False? Kate is having a major problem with her classes in her first week. 4. Why can’t Kate study? 5. What suggestion does Alex have for Kate in relation to studying? 6. What does Alex want Kate to do before he looks further into the issue? 7. What does the Don say is not against the rules? 8. What request does Kate make at the end of the conversation?
The term entourage is often used when talking about celebrities. Famous people often have a group of people who travel everywhere with them. A musician’s entourage may include a security guard, a makeup artist, a few fans, and a manager. Some everyday people travel with an entourage too. Do you know anyone like this? Unfortunately for Kate, Yuki is one of these people. Yuki doesn’t seem to need any alone time.
Vocabulary Review Circle the correct word to complete each sentence. 1. I’m having trouble studying because the material is so . a) damp b) dry c) hot d) fresh 2. You didn’t ask me to turn the music down. How was I to know it was bothering you? a) never b) bare c) exactly d) mind
3. Sorry I haven’t called recently. I’ve had so much . a) on my plate b) at my back c) at my desk d) off my work
5. You studied for the exam. How did you get an A? a) not exactly b) first thing c) ahead d) barely even
4. Kate thinks Yuki’s friends are talking . a) in her face b) to her hand c) behind her back d) at her side
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Roommate Issues
Episode 4 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Who is your “go-to person” for education-related issues? Who is your “go-to person” for personal issues? 2. If you were Kate, would you request a room change? 3. Where do you like to study and why? 4. Have you ever caught someone talking behind your back? How did you feel? What did you do? 5. Do you like to have your “alone time”?
Group Activity In groups, brainstorm the pros and cons of living with or without a roommate and fill in the chart below. After the discussion, take a vote to see who would rather live alone and who would rather live with a roommate.
Living with a Roommate Pros
Cons
Living Alone Pros
Cons
Stay Tuned In Episode 5, Kate runs short on cash.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Roommate Issues
Episode 4 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate approaches Alex, the dormitory “Don,” about
TIME:
her roommate issues. She thinks a single room would suit her better. Students discuss the pros and cons of living alone.
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, roommate, roommates, conflict, conflict resolution, privacy, living alone
Warm-Up
Discussion
A. PREVIEW
Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Group Activity
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. j
3. g
5. c
7. h
9. f
Answers will vary. Put students in groups and have them discuss
2. e
4. a
6. i
8. b
10. d
the pros and cons of living with/without roommates and record their answers in the chart. After the discussion, they can vote to
Listening
see who would rather live alone.
Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs.
Dialogue Building
The full transcript is on page 6 (optional handout).
This optional task is included on page 7. Students should
Comprehension
1. d
4. g
7. i
10. h
13. f
2. b
5. k
8. e
11. o
14. n
3. l
6. a
9. m
12. j
15. c
1.
cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order.
Alex is the Don at Kate’s residence. He looks after the residents’ concerns.
2.
Alex initiates small talk about Kate’s first week of classes.
3.
False
4.
Kate can’t study because her roommate always has friends over.
5.
Alex suggests that Kate uses the study hall or library.
6.
Alex wants Kate to try to discuss the problem with Yuki.
7.
Alex says it is not against the rules to
This lesson shows the American spelling of the word Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell this word this way: Practise (when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
speak a language other than English. 8.
SPELLING NOTE:
At the end of the conversation, Kate asks for a
EDITOR’S NOTE:
room change. She wants to try living in a single room.
In the United States, American students refer to on-campus
Vocabulary Review
housing as “dorms.” Students in other English-speaking countries also use the terms “res,” “rez,” and “residence.” American
1. b
2. c
3. a
4. c
5. d
students refer to a “don” as “RA,” or “Resident Assistant.”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Roommate Issues
Episode 4 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Alex
You’re Alex, right? I hear you are the go-to person about dorm room problems. I’ve been looking for you everywhere. Whoa. First things first. What room are you in? Sorry, I got ahead of myself. I’m Kate. Room 17 on the seventh floor. Hi, Kate. Yes, I’m the don for floor 7. How have you enjoyed the first few weeks of school? My classes are a bit dry, but I guess that is to be expected for first year. I'm having a major problem with my roommate, though. Uh-oh. Already? School has barely even started, Kate. Is Yuki keeping you up too late or something? It’s not about the late nights. She just always has someone over in our room. The room is barely big enough for the two of us, never mind her boyfriends. Boyfriends? Oh, does she have more than one this year? Well, I don’t think she’s really dating any of them, but she never comes to the room without an entourage. It’s impossible to study. Have you tried using the study hall or the library? It’s only a ten-minute walk across campus. I know, but I like studying on my bed. That’s what I always did in high school. Look, I can talk to Yuki, but I have a few more serious issues on my plate right now. I suggest you take it up with her first. Come see me again if you two can't work something out. There’s one other thing. Yuki and her friends never talk in English. It feels like they’re talking behind my back. It may be annoying, but it’s not exactly against the rules to speak your native language, Kate. This isn’t high school, remember? I know, but I'm just wondering if I can request a room change. I think a single room would suit me better.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Roommate Issues
Episode 4 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
Uh-oh. Already? School has barely even started, Kate. Is Yuki keeping you up too late or something?
b
Whoa. First things first. What room are you in?
c
I know, but I'm just wondering if I can request a room change. I think a single room would suit me better.
d
You’re Alex, right? I hear you are the go-to person about dorm room problems. I’ve been looking for you everywhere.
e
Boyfriends? Oh, does she have more than one this year?
f
There’s one other thing. Yuki and her friends never talk in English. It feels like they’re talking behind my back.
g
Hi, Kate. Yes, I’m the don for floor 7. How have you enjoyed the first few weeks of school?
h
Have you tried using the study hall or the library? It’s only a ten-minute walk across campus.
i
It’s not about the late nights. She just always has someone over in our room. The room is barely big enough for the two of us, never mind her boyfriends.
j
Look, I can talk to Yuki, but I have a few more serious issues on my plate right now. I suggest you take it up with her first. Come see me again if you two can’t work something out.
k
My classes are bit dry, but I guess that is to be expected for first year. I’m having a major problem with my roommate, though.
l
Sorry, I got ahead of myself. I’m Kate. Room 17 on the seventh floor.
m
Well, I don’t think she’s really dating any of them, but she never comes to the room without an entourage. It’s impossible to study.
n
It may be annoying, but it’s not exactly against the rules to speak your native language, Kate. This isn’t high school, remember?
o
I know, but I like studying on my bed. That’s what I always did in high school.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 15:
Just Squeaking By Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Jason and Kate had a fight on the phone. Jason was mad that Kate didn’t tell him she was quitting her job. He told her he was probably going to go to Italy in September. In the final episode of First Year, Kate goes home for the summer. What exciting news will Melanie have?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
make it up to someone
a) a new beginning
2.
out of the picture
b) to be accepted or admitted
3.
hit it off
4.
not see something coming
c) a person you live with is not a family member or romantic partner (short for “roommate”)
5.
get word
d) to do something nice or helpful for someone after disappointing them or causing them trouble
6.
get in
e) to get along with a new person very well
7.
have no idea
f) to be very annoyed by someone or something
8.
put one up to something
9.
drive one crazy
10. just squeak by 11. worth it
g) to hope that something will happen h) not in one’s life anymore i) to not know anything j) to convince someone to do something k) when one gets value or reward from hard work
12. keep one’s fingers crossed
l) to pass by a very small amount, almost fail
13. roomie
m) to find out (via phone, email, or another person)
14. fresh start
n) to not expect something
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
1
Just Squeaking By
Episode 15 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Melanie
I’m so glad you’re home for the summer, Kate. I really missed you! Sorry to hear about you and Jason. Thanks. Sorry I didn’t make more time for you last year. I promise to this summer. It will be easier now that Jason is . No worries. Besides, if you hadn’t gone away to school, I wouldn’t have met Rick. I’m so glad you two . I didn’t , but he’s perfect for you. So guess what? I have some big news. Please don’t tell me you and Rick are moving in together already. No, silly. I applied to your university over the summer, and I just that I ! We’re going to be study buddies! Are you serious? I you were even applying! How did you keep this from me? I didn’t want to tell you in case I didn’t get in. My acceptance letter just arrived a few minutes ago. I haven’t even told Rick yet. Speaking of Rick...did he ? I know it that he only got to see you on the weekends. Well, he may have had something to do with it. But truthfully, I was inspired by how hard you worked to pull up your marks at the end of the year. Well, I only . I’m praying my grades will be good enough to change my major for next year. It’s too bad you’ll have to start all over again. At least it will be a . It was all now that I know what I want to study. that I get into the marketing program. It will be like we’re both in first year in September! Maybe we can even be .
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
2
Just Squeaking By
Episode 15 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. What promise does Kate make to Melanie? 2. Why is Melanie thankful that Kate went away to school? 3. True or False? Melanie and Rick are moving in together. 4. What did Melanie just find out? 5. What inspired Melanie to apply to university? 6. Why does Kate have her fingers crossed? 7. What does Melanie say that she and Kate could do in September?
Vocabulary Review A. Complete the Sentences Complete each sentence using the correct word from the list on page 1. You may need to change the word form. 1. If you get an A on your final exam, you will just this course. 2. I hope you hit it off with your new . 3. Sorry I missed your birthday. I promise I’ll to you. 4. This year was a lot of work, but it will be when you get a good job. 5. You flunked your course? I didn’t see that . 6. It drives when you bite your nails. 7. I’m surprised to hear that Carl is out . I thought you were going to marry him!
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
3
Just Squeaking By
Episode 15 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Synonyms Match the phrase on the left to the similar phrase on the right. 1.
hit it off
a)
a new beginning
2.
not see something coming
b)
to be accepted
3.
a fresh start
c)
to have no idea
4.
get in
d)
to hope for the best
5.
keep your fingers crossed
e)
to get along well
6.
get word
f)
to find out
C. Hot Seat 1. Form two groups of equal size. 2. Place two chairs at the front of the class, facing away from the board. 3. Choose one member from each side to sit in the hot seats. 4. Your teacher will write one word or phrase from the vocabulary on the wall. Students in the hot seat must not look at the board. 5. When your teacher says, “Go!”, try to get the student on your team to guess the word or phrase correctly. (You may NOT say any word that is in the word or phrase or your team loses a point.) The first student to guess correctly gets a point for his or her team. 6. Another student from each team goes into the hot seat. Your teacher puts another word or phrase on the board. 7. Play until all students have had a chance to be in the hot seat at least once. Review words and phrases from previous lessons as well.
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
4
Just Squeaking By
Episode 15 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Which friend or family member do you really miss right now? Why?
4. Who inspires you to do well in school? Why is this person inspiring?
2. Describe a person who is no longer in your life. Why is he or she out of the picture?
5. Do you currently have your fingers crossed about something? Explain.
3. Who is your #1 study buddy? Why?
Group Activity Discuss Kate’s first year of university. What went wrong? What lessons did Kate learn? What went wrong?
What lesson was learned?
Finances: Love Life: School: Friendship:
Second Year 1. What do you think will happen her second year?
4. Will Kate get into the program she wants?
2. Will Kate and Melanie be roommates?
5. What about Jason? Is he really out of the picture?
3. Will Melanie and Rick stay together?
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
5
Just Squeaking By
Episode 15 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In the final episode, Kate returns home after her first year of
TIME:
university. She reunites with Melanie and hears some good news. Her second year promises to be different. Students discuss
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, second year, summer, university, college, home
what went wrong and the lessons Kate learned in her first year of university.
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
A. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
1.
squeak by
5.
coming
2.
roomie
6.
me crazy
3.
make it up to you
7.
of the picture
4.
worth it
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. d
3. e
5. m
7. i
9. f
11. k
13. c
2. h
4. n
6. b
8. j
10. l
12. g
14. a
B. SYNONYMS
Listening
1. e
Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue.
C. HOT SEAT
After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 8 (optional handout).
Comprehension
2. c
3. a
4. b
5. d
6. f
Choose the vocabulary from the series that you want to review. Place students in two teams. Place two seats facing away from the board. One student from each team will take a sit in these “hot seats.” Write a vocabulary word/expression on the board. The other students will try to get their teammate to guess the word in order to
1.
Kate promises Melanie that she will make it up to her for
score a team point. (Follow the detailed instructions on page 5.)
not spending much time with her during the school year. 2.
Melanie is thankful that Kate went to away to school because that is how she met Rick.
3.
False. Kate thinks this might be Melanie’s big news, but it isn’t.
4.
Melanie just found out that she got into university.
5.
Kate’s effort to improve her studies
(continued on the next page...)
inspired Melanie to apply to university. 6.
Kate has her fingers crossed that she will get into the marketing program for the following year.
7.
Melanie says that she and Kate could possibly be roommates.
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
6
Just Squeaking By
Episode 15 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Discussion Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Group Activity Place students in groups to discuss the series. They will make notes about what Kate did wrong and what lessons were learned. Have a follow-up class discussion.
Dialogue Building This optional task is on page 9. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. n
4. a
7. m
10. c
13. d
2. k
5. e
8. h
11. i
14. o
3. b
6. l
9. j
12. f
15. g
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the word Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell this word this way: Practise (when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, “university” is usually referred to as “college.” Americans call a student’s first year of school their “freshman year” and their second year their “sophomore year.” Americans also use “grades” (not “marks”) to measure academic performance.
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
7
Just Squeaking By
Episode 15 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Melanie
I’m so glad you’re home for the summer, Kate. I really missed you! Sorry to hear about you and Jason. Thanks. Sorry I didn’t make more time for you last year. I promise to make it up to you this summer. It will be easier now that Jason is out of the picture. No worries. Besides, if you hadn’t gone away to school, I wouldn’t have met Rick. I’m so glad you two hit it off. I didn’t see it coming, but he’s perfect for you. So guess what? I have some big news. Please don’t tell me you and Rick are moving in together already. No, silly. I applied to your university over the summer, and I just got word that I got in! We’re going to be study buddies! Are you serious? I had no idea you were even applying! How did you keep this from me? I didn’t want to tell you in case I didn’t get in. My acceptance letter just arrived a few minutes ago. I haven’t even told Rick yet. Speaking of Rick...did he put you up to this? I know it drove him crazy that he only got to see you on the weekends. Well, he may have had something to do with it. But truthfully, I was inspired by how hard you worked to pull up your marks at the end of the year. Well, I only just squeaked by. I’m praying my grades will be good enough to change my major for next year. It’s too bad you’ll have to start all over again. At least it will be a fresh start. It was all worth it now that I know what I want to study. Keep your fingers crossed that I get into the marketing program. It will be like we’re both in first year in September! Maybe we can even be roomies.
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
8
Just Squeaking By
Episode 15 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
b
I’m so glad you two hit it off. I didn’t see it coming, but he’s perfect for you.
c
d
It’s too bad you’ll have to start all over again. At least it will be a fresh start.
e
So guess what? I have some big news.
f
Well, I only just squeaked by. I’m praying my grades will be good enough to change my major for next year.
h
j
I didn’t want to tell you in case I didn’t get in. My acceptance letter just arrived a few minutes ago. I haven’t even told Rick yet.
k
Thanks. Sorry I didn’t make more time for you last year. I promise to make it up to you this summer. It will be easier now that Jason is out of the picture.
l
Please don’t tell me you and Rick are moving in together already.
No worries. Besides, if you hadn’t gone away to school, I wouldn’t have met Rick. Speaking of Rick...did he put you up to this? I know it drove him crazy that he only got to see you on the weekends.
g
i
Well, he may have had something to do with it. But truthfully, I was inspired by how hard you worked to pull up your marks at the end of the year.
It will be like we’re both in first year in September! Maybe we can even be roomies. Are you serious? I had no idea you were even applying! How did you keep this from me?
m
No, silly. I applied to your university over the summer, and I just got word that I got in! We’re going to be study buddies!
n
I’m so glad you’re home for the summer, Kate. I really missed you! Sorry to hear about you and Jason.
o
It was all worth it now that I know what I want to study. Keep your fingers crossed that I get into the marketing program.
Copyright 2019, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 .1)
9
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 7:
Making Time for Melanie Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate had a job interview at a restaurant. The manager liked Kate’s answers and offered her a hostess position right there on the spot. He also asked her to come in for her first shift later that day. Will Kate have time for school, a job, and a social life? Let’s find out more about this balancing act in this episode.
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
You can say that again.
a) to watch someone closely in hopes of attracting this person
2.
hitch a ride
3.
That sounds like a blast.
b) to not be too hopeful in case something doesn’t work out in the future
4.
jam
5.
slave away
6.
have one’s eyes on somebody
7.
not get one’s hopes up
g) to spend time or socialize with someone in a casual way
8.
hang out
h) to work very hard
9.
reach
i) That sounds really fun.
10. sarcastic
c) I strongly agree with your point. d) to contact, communicate with e) to play musical instruments casually in a group f) to receive free transportation from a driver
j) meaning the opposite of what you say
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Making Time for Melanie
Episode 7 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Melanie
Kate
Kate, I can’t believe I finally reached you! You’re never in your room when I call. . If I’m not in class or the library, I’m at work. My brother is heading down your way for the weekend. He said I could . This weekend? I have my first exam on Monday, and I have to work Friday night and Saturday afternoon. So I guess that means you don’t want me to visit. I just don’t know how much fun you’re going to have. You could always with my school friends. I want to hang with you, Kate. How come you have all of this time for your new friends but none for me? It’s just a hectic weekend, Mel, but you should still come. We can hang out on Saturday night after I work. You can help me study for my poetry exam. . Don’t be like that, Mel. My friend Rick will look after you. You can listen to his band on Friday night while I at the restaurant. Rick? Who’s Rick? Is there something you’re not telling me? He’s just a guy on the floor below me who borrows my laptop sometimes. He bakes cookies in his toaster oven. Sounds serious. It’s not what you think. I do a guy from work, though. His name’s Jason. Oh yeah, I forgot. You’re a working woman now. Are you dating this Jason dude? Not exactly. He said he would call his week, but I'm trying .
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Making Time for Melanie
Episode 7 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. What has Melanie been trying to do for a while? 2. How would Melanie get to Kate’s school? 3. True or False? Kate hasn’t made any friends at school yet. 4. What does Kate call her best friend for short? 5. What does Melanie mean when she says, “That sounds like a blast”? 6. Who is Rick? 7. Who is Jason?
Word Stress Did you know that you can change the meaning of a sentence with word stress? In this episode, Melanie says, “I want to hang out with you, Kate.” The italics show that the speaker is stressing this word. With the proper stress, the sentence shows that Melanie wants to hang out with Kate, not Kate’s friends. If the word stress were placed on “I” or “hang out,” the meaning would be different. Girl: Nobody wants to hang out with me. I’m so bored. Boy: I want to hang out with you. Girl: We should study together. Boy: I want to hang out with you. (He doesn’t want to study with her.)
8. What is Kate waiting for?
Vocabulary Review A. Choose the Correct Response Read the sentence and choose the correct response. 1. It’s really hot outside. a) You can say that again. b) That sounds like a blast. c) I have my eyes on it. 2. I don’t really want to take the bus. a) Let’s jam. b) I have my eyes on you. c) You could hitch a ride with your roommate. 3. Don’t worry, you’ll get the job. a) Sure, I’ll hitch a ride. b) I’m trying not to get my hopes up. c) Yes, I finally reached them.
4. I’m going on vacation next weekend. a) Nice! I’ll be slaving away at work. b) Make sure to have it handy. c) I can hang out next weekend. 5. Are you interested in any of the guys at school? a) You could say I have my eyes on someone. b) I’ve been trying to reach him. c) Rick, who’s Rick? 6. Let’s jam together on Friday night. a) That sounds like a blast! b) I was slaving away. c) I had my hopes up.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Making Time for Melanie
Episode 7 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Odd One Out Circle the word that does not belong in each group. 1. a) reach b) call c) contact d) hope
3. a) visit b) hang out c) slave away d) socialize
5. a) work hard b) reach someone c) slave away d) labor
2. a) fun b) exciting c) a blast d) jam
4. a) have one’s eyes on b) interested in c) have a crush on d) dude
6. a) jam b) play music c) hectic d) band
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Do people usually find it difficult to reach you or are you always available? 2. Who do you like to hang out with and why? 3. What are you often slaving away at? 4. What qualities are important in a best friend? 5. When was the last time you got your hopes up for something? Did your dreams come true?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Making Time for Melanie
Episode 7 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Understanding Sarcasm English learners often take things too literal. In other words, learners think that other people mean exactly what they say. Many English speakers use sarcasm on a regular basis. A sarcastic remark usually means the exact opposite of a sincere remark. To understand whether a person is sincere or sarcastic, you need to watch body language and listen for tone. Listen to your teacher say each phrase from the chart below in a sarcastic and a sincere way. Then practice the phrases yourself.
Sarcastic
Sincere
Usage
used when the opposite makes more sense in context
used logically
Body Language
• • • • •
sneer snicker eye roll shake head make the important word longer
• smile genuinely • smile with your eyes • tone of voice goes up
Example Phrases
• • • •
That sounds like a blast. Thanks a lot! That shirt is really nice. Friendly dog you’ve got.
• • • •
That sounds like a blast. Thanks a lot! That shirt is really nice. Friendly dog you’ve got.
Stay Tuned In Episode 8, Kate gets the call she’s really been waiting for.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Making Time for Melanie
Episode 7 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Melanie calls Kate. She wants to come and visit
TIME:
for the weekend. Kate isn’t sure she can fit Melanie into her busy schedule. Students learn to recognize sarcasm in English.
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, friends, friendship, sarcasm, literal, figurative language, body language, relationships
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
A. CHOOSE THE CORRECT RESPONSE
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
1. a
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
B. ODD ONE OUT
1. c
3. i
5. h
7. b
9. d
2. f
4. e
6. a
8. g
10. j
Listening Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue.
1. d
2. c
2. d
3. b
4. a
5. a
6. a
3. c
4. d
5. b
6. c
Discussion Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 8 (optional handout).
(continued on the next page...)
Comprehension 1.
Melanie has been trying to reach Kate on the phone for a while. Kate never answers her phone.
2.
Melanie would hitch a ride with her brother. He is going that way.
3.
False
4.
Kate calls her best friend “Mel” for short.
5.
Melanie is being sarcastic. She doesn’t think it will be fun to hang out with Kate’s friend and help her study for her poetry exam. She wants to do something fun with Kate.
6.
Rick is another student who lives in Kate’s dorm.
7.
Jason is a guy from Kate’s work. Kate is interested in dating him.
8.
Kate is waiting for Jason to call. He said he would call this week.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Making Time for Melanie
Episode 7 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Understanding Sarcasm Practice the body language together. Then read the expressions from the chart in a sincere way and a sarcastic way. Can your students identify which is which?
Dialogue Building This optional task is on page 9. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. n
5. j
9. d
13. p
2. f
6. m
10. k
14. h
3. b
7. g
11. l
15. c
4. o
8. a
12. e
16. i
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Labor and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Labour and Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the expression “have one’s eyes on somebody,” Americans use the singular “eye.”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Making Time for Melanie
Episode 7 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Melanie
Kate
Kate, I can’t believe I finally reached you! You’re never in your room when I call. You can say that again. If I’m not in class or the library, I’m at work. My brother is heading down your way for the weekend. He said I could hitch a ride. This weekend? I have my first exam on Monday, and I have to work Friday night and Saturday afternoon. So I guess that means you don’t want me to visit. I just don’t know how much fun you’re going to have. You could always hang out with my school friends. I want to hang with you, Kate. How come you have all of this time for your new friends but none for me? It’s just a hectic weekend, Mel, but you should still come. We can hang out on Saturday night after I work. You can help me study for my poetry exam. That sounds like a blast. Don’t be like that, Mel. My friend Rick will look after you. You can listen to his band jam on Friday night while I slave away at the restaurant. Rick? Who’s Rick? Is there something you’re not telling me? He’s just a guy on the floor below me who borrows my laptop sometimes. He bakes cookies in his toaster oven. Sounds serious. It’s not what you think. I do have my eyes on a guy from work, though. His name’s Jason. Oh yeah, I forgot. You’re a working woman now. Are you dating this Jason dude? Not exactly. He said he would call his week, but I'm trying not to get my hopes up.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Making Time for Melanie
Episode 7 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
b
c
It’s just a hectic weekend, Mel, but you should still come. We can hang out on Saturday night after I work. You can help me study for my poetry exam. My brother is heading down your way for the weekend. He said I could hitch a ride. Oh yeah, I forgot. You’re a working woman now. Are you dating this Jason dude?
d
That sounds like a blast.
e
He’s just a guy on the floor below me who borrows my laptop sometimes. He bakes cookies in his toaster oven.
f
You can say that again. If I’m not in class or the library, I’m at work.
g
I want to hang with you, Kate. How come you have all of this time for your new friends but none for me?
h
It’s not what you think. I do have my eyes on a guy from work, though. His name’s Jason.
i
Not exactly. He said he would call his week, but I’m trying not to get my hopes up.
j
So I guess that means you don’t want me to visit.
k
Don’t be like that, Mel. My friend Rick will look after you. You can listen to his band jam on Friday night while I slave away at the restaurant.
l
Rick? Who’s Rick? Is there something you’re not telling me?
m
I just don’t know how much fun you’re going to have. You could always hang out with my school friends.
n
Kate, I can’t believe I finally reached you! You’re never in your room when I call.
o
This weekend? I have my first exam on Monday, and I have to work Friday night and Saturday afternoon.
p
Sounds serious.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 9:
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate goes on her first date with Jason. They go out for coffee in his lemon of a car. Kate tells Jason about the difficulty of balancing schoolwork with working at the restaurant. In this episode, Kate talks to a guidance counselor about her grades. What suggestions will the counselor have?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
waste of money
a) to appear
2.
at this rate
b) the main element
3.
stand in the way
c) not a good way to spend money, not worth the cost
4.
count
d) ancient literature of Greece and Rome
5.
grade point average
6.
show up
7.
the classics
8.
social media
9.
up one’s alley
e) included in a score f) the most important thing, the first thing to think about or consider g) if this continues in the same way (at this speed) h) websites and apps that allow people to share information online i) to block or prevent
10. the bread and butter
j) a measurement of overall academic achievement (GPA for short)
11. first and foremost
k) aligned with one’s interests
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping
Episode 9 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Guidance Counselor
Thanks for making time to see me so quickly. I’m really worried about my marks. As you should be. You’re close to failing three of your four courses, Kate. I bombed my midterm exams. My parents are going to kill me if I fail those classes. What a . Not to mention time. , you’ll have to repeat your whole first year. That is, if you decide to come back next year. I’m not going to drop out if that’s what you mean. Did you know that your failing grades will appear on your transcript? Your marks from first year could of future jobs. What if I take the courses again? Does the first grade still ? The best mark counts toward your . The lower one will still on your transcript, though. Great. Speaking of programs, I’m wondering if I’m in the wrong program altogether. I’ve always liked reading, but I’m not that interested in . Do you have any other subjects in mind? It’s not too late to change your major for next year. I’m interested in taking some courses, if there is such a thing. We offer lots of marketing and communications programs. Maybe that’s more . Is there a lot of reading and essay writing? Yes, Kate. Reading and essay writing are of most university courses. It just feels like I don’t have enough time in the day. Maybe I could concentrate more if I was enjoying school. , you need to work on pulling up your marks. Next year, you can focus on choosing courses that interest you.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping
Episode 9 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook.
Did you know? The word “major” can be used as a noun or a verb.
1. Does the counselor think Kate has a reason to be concerned? Why or why not? 2. Why will Kate’s parents be upset if she fails her courses? 3. True or False? Kate is thinking about dropping out next year.
•
Kate is majoring in English Literature.
•
Her major is English Lit.
To ask Kate what she is taking at school, you would say: “What’s your major?” or “What are you majoring in?” You can major in one subject and minor in another subject.
4. What type of course does Kate want to try? 5. Why can’t Kate concentrate? 6. What priority does Kate need to have?
Vocabulary Review A. Spot the Error Work with a partner. One of you will be Student A and the other will be Student B. Read each sentence out loud. Ask your partner to listen for an error. Then correct the error together. Student A:
Student B:
1. First and fore, let’s get the laundry started.
1. I don’t want to stand in the wing of you getting your studying done.
2. Bottled water is a trash of money. 3. At this range, you’ll be 50 by the time you finish school. 4. Only the top four essay marks number toward your final grade. 5. What was your grade pin average last year?
2. Talking to customers is the bread and milk of this job. 3. Working in a bank is right up my galley. 4. The lost key will probably show in as soon as I get a new one cut. 5. I had to read a lot of the classic when I was in university.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping
Episode 9 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Complete the Sentences Complete each sentence using the correct word from the list on page 1. You may need to change the word form. 1. I need to improve my if I want to change my major. 2. The quiz toward your final grade. 3. , we won’t get there until Sunday. 4. A kitten just on my doorstep. 5. The classics are boring. Poetry is more .
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. What have you failed or come close to failing in the past? Why did you have trouble with this? 2. Have you ever wasted your money on something? Describe the experience. 3. What was the best mark you ever received in a course? Why did you succeed? 4. Which subjects are right up your alley? What do you like about them? 5. First and foremost, what do you need to do to learn English?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping
Episode 9 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Group Activity In groups, brainstorm the importance of each of the following during the first year of a post-secondary school program and fill in the chart below. After the discussion, take a vote to see which is the most important. Grade Point Average
A Subject That Interests You
A Part-Time Job to Pay for School
Stay Tuned In Episode 10, Kate lectures Jason about the importance of school.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping
Episode 9 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate talks to a guidance counselor about
TIME:
her grades. Trying to balance school, work, and a social life
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, priorities, marks, grades, school
is more than Kate can handle. Students discuss priorities for post-secondary students.
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
A. SPOT THE ERROR
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
1.
First and foremost, let’s get the laundry started.
2.
Bottled water is a waste of money.
3.
At this rate, you’ll be 50 by the time you finish school.
4.
Only the top four essay marks count toward your final grade.
5.
What was your grade point average last year?
6.
I don’t want to stand in the way
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. c
3. i
5. j
7. d
9. k
2. g
4. e
6. a
8. h
10. b
11. f
Listening Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 8 (optional handout).
Comprehension 1.
of you getting your studying done. 7.
Talking to customers is the bread and butter of this job.
8.
Working in a bank is right up my alley.
9.
The lost key will probably show up as soon as I get a new one cut.
10. I had to read a lot of the classics when I was in university. B. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES 1.
grade point average / GPA
4.
showed up
Yes, the counselor thinks Kate should be concerned
2.
counts
5.
up my alley
about her marks. She might have to repeat her
3.
At this rate
first year if her marks don’t improve. 2.
Kate’s parents will be upset because they
(continued on the next page...)
spent a lot of money on her schooling. 3.
False. Kate thinks she might be in the wrong program because she is not interested in the classics.
4.
Kate wants to try social media courses.
5.
Kate can’t concentrate because she’s not enjoying school.
6.
Kate needs to focus on pulling up her marks.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping
Episode 9 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Discussion Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Class Activity Answers will vary. Put students in groups. Have them discuss the importance of the topics and record their answers in the chart. After the discussion, they should have a vote to see which one is the most important.
Dialogue Building This optional task is on page 9. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. b
5. n
9. p
13. o
2. l
6. k
10. d
14. l
3. h
7. c
11. f
15. j
4. g
8. a
12. m
16. e
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Counselor and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Counsellor and Practise (when used as a verb, Practice; when used as a noun). Also note that Toward is preferred in North American English, while Towards is preferred in British English. Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, “university” is sometimes referred to as “college.” In addition, “marks” are referred to as “grades.”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping
Episode 9 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Guidance Counselor
Thanks for making time to see me so quickly. I’m really worried about my marks. As you should be. You’re close to failing three of your four courses, Kate. I bombed my midterm exams. My parents are going to kill me if I fail those classes. What a waste of money. Not to mention time. At this rate, you’ll have to repeat your whole first year. That is, if you decide to come back next year. I’m not going to drop out if that’s what you mean. Did you know that your failing grades will appear on your transcript? Your marks from first year could stand in the way of future jobs. What if I take the courses again? Does the first grade still count? The best mark counts toward your grade point average. The lower one will still show up on your transcript, though. Great. Speaking of programs, I’m wondering if I’m in the wrong program altogether. I’ve always liked reading, but I’m not that interested in the classics. Do you have any other subjects in mind? It’s not too late to change your major for next year. I’m interested in taking some social media courses, if there is such a thing. We offer lots of marketing and communications programs. Maybe that’s more up your alley. Is there a lot of reading and essay writing? Yes, Kate. Reading and essay writing are the bread and butter of most university courses. It just feels like I don’t have enough time in the day. Maybe I could concentrate more if I was enjoying school. First and foremost, you need to work on pulling up your marks. Next year, you can focus on choosing courses that interest you.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Kate’s Marks Are Slipping
Episode 9 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
The best mark counts toward your grade point average. The lower one will still show up on your transcript, though.
b
Thanks for making time to see me so quickly. I’m really worried about my marks.
c
What if I take the courses again? Does the first grade still count?
d
Do you have any other subjects in mind? It’s not too late to change your major for next year.
e
First and foremost, you need to work on pulling up your marks. Next year, you can focus on choosing courses that interest you.
f
I’m interested in taking some social media courses, if there is such a thing.
g
Not to mention time. At this rate, you’ll have to repeat your whole first year. That is, if you decide to come back next year.
h
I bombed my midterm exams. My parents are going to kill me if I fail those classes. What a waste of money.
i
Yes, Kate. Reading and essay writing are the bread and butter of most university courses.
j
It just feels like I don’t have enough time in the day. Maybe I could concentrate more if I was enjoying school.
k
Did you know that your failing grades will appear on your transcript? Your marks from first year could stand in the way of future jobs.
l
As you should be. You’re close to failing three of your four courses, Kate.
m
We offer lots of marketing and communications programs. Maybe that’s more up your alley.
n
I’m not going to drop out if that’s what you mean.
o
Is there a lot of reading and essay writing?
p
Great. Speaking of programs, I’m wondering if I’m in the wrong program altogether. I’ve always liked reading, but I’m not that interested in the classics.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Historic Events
Trail of Tears Pre-Reading A. Warm-Up Questions 1. Can you name some southeastern US states? 2. Where is the Mississippi River located? Try to find it on a map. 3. What do you know about the Trail of Tears? 4. Do you know the legend of the Cherokee Rose?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match up as many words and meanings as you can. Check this exercise again after seeing the words in context on page 2. 1.
advocate
a) to give official permission
2.
presence
b) no longer legal or allowed
3.
authorize
c) impossible to avoid
4.
ancestral
d) the state of being in a place at a certain time
5.
sovereign
e) a military force with a specific purpose
6.
invalid
f) related to one’s past relatives
7.
justify
g) a person who supports a cause
8.
inevitable
h) weather (e.g., warm temperatures, wind, snow)
9.
militia
i) to show or prove there is a good or valid reason for something
10. the elements
j) having one’s own government and rules
11. migration
k) the act of not keeping one’s promise or not remaining trustworthy
12. betrayal
l) the resettlement of a person or group in a new location
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
1
Trail of Tears
Historic Events
Reading 1. During the 1828 presidential election, many white voters in the American south supported Andrew Jackson, an advocate for Indian removal policies. At this time, Native American tribes were living throughout southeastern America in Alabama, Georgia, Florida (territory), the Carolinas, and Tennessee. This included the Cherokee, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Creek, and Seminole tribes.* Their presence frustrated white settlers who wanted to grow cotton, pan for gold, and take full control of the land. 2. Shortly after his election, President Jackson authorized the Indian Removal Act of 1830. The purpose of this legislation was to force the relocation of Native Americans in the southeast to “Indian Territory” west of the Mississippi River (present-day Oklahoma). At least 100,000 Native Americans were expected to leave their ancestral lands. While some signed treaties and left voluntarily, others refused to leave. 3. In 1831, the Cherokee Nation in Georgia fought against the US government order by taking its case to the Supreme Court. At first, the court refused to hear the case, claiming that the Cherokee Nation was not sovereign. A year later, a missionary brought the case to the Supreme Court again. This time, the court ruled in favor of the Cherokee Nation, and Jackson’s removal act became invalid. 4. President Jackson refused to accept the Supreme Court’s decision. In 1835, he justified the forced removal of Cherokees from Georgia based on the Treaty of New Echota. This was an agreement signed by several Cherokee leaders known as the “Treaty Party,” none of whom were members of the Cherokee National Council. Believing their migration was inevitable, the party leaders agreed to give up land east of the Mississippi in exchange for land in Indian Territory and other promises. According to the Cherokee Constitution (1827), however, only members of the Cherokee National Council were allowed to sell or trade ancestral land. 5. In 1838, militias rounded up the remaining Cherokees at gunpoint and forced them west. Over the next four months, approximately 4,000 (1 in 4) Cherokees died from starvation, disease, or exposure to the elements. The dead were buried en route alongside thousands from other tribes who had suffered the same fate during the Indian removal era. The Cherokees named this journey the “Trail of Tears.” In addition to the lives lost during the forced migration, almost all of the Treaty Party leaders were killed for their betrayal. This caused internal conflict and divided the Cherokee tribe for many years, most notably during the Civil War (1861–1865).
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
*The Five Tribes In the 1800s, the Cherokee, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Creek, and Seminole tribes were often referred to by white settlers as the “Five Civilized Tribes” because they had started adopting some European ways, such as farming and self‑governing.
“Build a fire under them. When it gets hot enough, they’ll move.” — President Andrew Jackson
The Legend of the Cherokee Rose Along the Trail of Tears, Cherokee mothers grieved for their children. The Elders prayed for a sign to help the women regain their strength. Where each tear fell, a white rose grew in its place. Each rose had seven leaves representing the Cherokee clans. The gold center represented the greed of those who forced them from their homeland. Today, this rose is the official state flower of Georgia.
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
2
Trail of Tears
Historic Events
Comprehension A. Timeline Place the following in chronological order (1–9). White settlers wanted southeastern US to themselves. The Cherokee National Council took its case against Georgia to the Supreme Court. Congress passed Jackson’s Indian Removal Act. Native Americans lived throughout southeastern America for many generations. The Treaty Party agreed to give up land in the southeast in exchange for Indian Territory. Andrew Jackson, a supporter of the Indian removal campaign, was elected as president. Due to the hardship and great loss of life, Cherokees named their forced migration the “Trail of Tears.” The Supreme Court invalidated Jackson’s removal act. Militias forced remaining Cherokees to leave.
B. Ask & Answer Practice asking and answering the following questions with your partner. Then write your answers in complete sentences in your notebook. 1. Why were some Native American tribes referred to as the “Five Civilized Tribes”? 2. How did the Cherokees respond to the Indian Removal Act? 3. What was the Treaty of New Echota? 4. What happened to the Cherokees in 1838? 5. Why did the Indian Removal Act cause long-lasting internal conflict among the Cherokee tribe? 6. In your own words, retell the Legend of the Cherokee Rose.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
3
Trail of Tears
Historic Events
Homonyms A. Reference Homonyms are words that have the same pronunciation and/or spelling but different meanings, such as left (the opposite of right) and left (the past tense of leave). Homonyms include homophones and homographs. Homophones
Homographs
Homophones are words with the same pronunciation but different meanings and/or spelling, such as to, too, and two.
Homographs are words with the same spelling but different meanings and/or pronunciation, such as bow (a position where one bends over at the waist) and bow (a wooden weapon that is used to shoot arrows).
B. Practice Look at the word pairs and decide whether they are homographs or homophones. Then locate the words that are in the reading. Write an example sentence for any word that is NOT in the reading.
Word Pair
Homographs or Homophones?
Example Sentence
tears (noun) tears (verb)
aloud (adverb) allowed (verb)
council (noun) counsel (verb)
accept (verb) except (prep/conj)
sell (verb) cell (noun)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
4
Trail of Tears
Historic Events
Vocabulary Review Choose the word or phrase that best sums up the sentence. 1. The Supreme Court ruled that the Indian Removal Act was not legal. a) inevitable b) justified c) invalid 2. President Jackson was a supporter of Indian removal policies. a) advocate b) justify c) ancestral
3. The Cherokees did not want to leave their homeland, where they had lived for many generations.
5. White settlers did not appreciate having Native American tribes living in gold country.
a) sovereign b) ancestral c) militia
a) presence b) betrayal c) invalid
4. Wind, cold, and extreme heat made it difficult to survive the journey.
6. Small army groups forced Cherokee families to leave their land.
a) presence b) sovereign c) the elements
a) militias b) the elements c) advocates
Discussion 1. What feelings come to mind when you think of families marching to a new area approximately 1,000 miles away? 2. What feelings beside sadness do you think the Native Americans had when they were forced out of their homeland? 3. John Ross, a National Council member as of 1817 (and principal chief of the Cherokee from 1828–1866) was fluent in English. Why do you think this was significant? 4. In 2009, the US government signed the Native American Apology Resolution for the “many instances of violence, maltreatment, and neglect” by US citizens. Should the government issue a formal spoken apology for the Indian removal era and the Trail of Tears? Why or why not? 5. Does the Trail of Tears remind you of any other events in history (in America or other nations)? Which ones? What are the similarities and differences?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
5
Trail of Tears
Historic Events
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: High Int – Adv
In this lesson, students read about the Indian removal era and
TIME:
the Cherokee Trail of Tears. Students also review different types of homonyms.
2–2.5 hours
TAGS: Trail of Tears, Cherokee, history, historic event, America, US, American Indians, Native Americans, native, natives, homonyms, homophones, homographs, Andrew Jackson, civics, government
Pre-Reading
9 Due to the hardship and great loss of life, Cherokees
A. WARM-UP QUESTIONS
6 The Supreme Court invalidated Jackson’s removal act.
1.
named their forced migration the “Trail of Tears.” 8 Militias forced remaining Cherokees to leave.
Possible answers include: Alabama, Georgia, Florida, North and South Carolina, Virginia, and Tennessee.
2.
Have students find the Mississippi River on a map. You could also have students look at a map of the US from 1834 to see
B. ASK & ANSWER 1.
what it looked like during this historic period. 3.
Answers will vary.
4.
The answer is on page 2. See if your
Some Native American tribes were referred to as the “Five Civilized Tribes” because they had started adopting European ways, such as self-governing and farming.
2.
students recognize which state flower this is.
The Cherokees refused to leave and took their fight to the Supreme Court.
3. B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
The Treaty of New Echota was an agreement between some Cherokee members (the Treaty Party)
1. g
3. a
5. j
7. i
9. e
11. l
2. d
4. f
6. b
8. c
10. h
12. k
to give up land in the southeast for land in the west. 4.
Those who had not left yet were forced out by militias.
5.
The Indian Removal Act caused long-lasting internal conflict among the Cherokee tribe because some who felt the
Comprehension A. TIMELINE
migration was inevitable had gone against the National Council and made trade deals involving ancestral land. 6.
Answers will vary. Make sure students mention the symbolism.
2 White settlers wanted southeastern US to themselves. 5 T he Cherokee National Council took its
(continued on the next page...)
case against Georgia to the Supreme Court. 4 Congress passed Jackson’s Indian Removal Act. 1 Native Americans lived throughout southeastern America for many generations. 7 T he Treaty Party agreed to give up land in the southeast in exchange for Indian Territory. 3 A ndrew Jackson, a supporter of the Indian removal campaign, was elected as president.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
6
Trail of Tears
Historic Events
Answer Key cont. Homonyms A. REFERENCE Go over the differences between homophones and homographs. B. PR ACTICE Give students time to complete the chart. Only tears/tears are homographs. The other word pairs are homophones. Words from the reading are: tears (noun), allowed, council, accept, sell. Example sentences using the other words will vary. Encourage your students to think of other homonyms.
Vocabulary Review 1. c
2. a
3. b
4. c
5. a
6. a
Discussion Answers will vary.
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Favor, Center, and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Favour, Centre, and Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Note that some people prefer the term Native Americans while others prefer American Indians. Also, some use Cherokees as the plural form while others use Cherokee.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 1. 0)
7
Historic Events
Brexit Pre-Reading A. Warm-Up Questions 1. What does the UK stand for and where is it? 2. What does the EU stand for and what is it? 3. What type of vote is a referendum?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match up as many words and meanings as you can. Check this exercise again after seeing the words in context on page 2. 1.
referendum
a) having a good variety
2.
turnout
b) to work together to agree on terms
3.
eligible
c) number-one, key
4.
Commonwealth
d) to be against
5.
oppose
e) a vote about a single question or issue
6.
camp
f) the number of people that attend or participate
7.
diverse
g) to cause surprise or disturbance
8.
shock
h) to prompt something to happen
9.
step down
i) to give up one’s leadership position
10. petition
j) being allowed to do something
11. negotiate
k) a document that people sign to try to reverse a decision or rule
12. primary
l) a group of associated nations previously belonging to the British Empire
13. trigger
m) causing strong disagreement
14. contentious
n) a group or side
Copyright 2020 Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 3 .1)
1
Brexit
Historic Events
Reading 1. On June 23, 2016, a historic referendum took place in the United Kingdom (UK). The referendum question was: Should the United Kingdom remain a member of the European Union or leave the European Union? The possibility of Britain leaving the EU became known as Brexit. 2. Over 30 million people voted in the referendum. The turnout was higher than Britain’s last general election. Eligible voters were British, Irish, and Commonwealth citizens (18 and over) living in the UK. UK citizens living outside of the UK for under 15 years were also eligible. 3. Those opposed to Brexit were in the “Remain” camp. This included Britain’s prime minister, David Cameron, as well as the majority of citizens in Scotland, Northern Ireland, and London. These voters wanted the UK to remain a diverse nation. They valued their rights to work, trade, and move about freely in the EU. 4. Supporters of Brexit were in the “Leave” camp. This included the majority of citizens in England (excluding London) and Wales. These voters wanted the UK to have more control over its borders. They also wanted the UK to have freedom to make its own business rules. Nigel Farage, the head of the UK Independence Party (UKIP), was the leader of this camp. 5. On June 23, 52% of voters chose “Leave the European Union.” The “Leave” win shocked the world. People began to google the “European Union” to get a better understanding of why it exists. Within hours, the value of the British pound (£) had fallen to a historic low and Prime Minister Cameron had stepped down. A few days later, Nigel Farage stepped down as well. Farage said he had achieved his goal of helping the UK become a “self-governing” nation. 6. In the weeks following the referendum, millions of people signed a petition asking for a second referendum. The new prime minister, Theresa May, told citizens that “Brexit is Brexit.” Negotiating the exit would take approximately two years. The status and rights of British nationals living in the EU and of EU nationals living in the UK became a primary concern.
The European Union The EU is an economic and political group of 27* European countries. In terms of the movement of goods, services, and people, the EU acts as a single country. Many members of the EU also share a currency (the euro). The original purpose of the EU was to encourage political and economic cooperation and discourage war. *Before Before Brexit, the EU had 28 members.
“It is true that the past years have been the most difficult ones in the history of our union, but I always remember what my father used to tell me—‘What does not kill you makes you stronger.’ ” —Donald Tusk, EU president
7. In November 2016, the English High Court ruled that the government needed parliamentary approval to trigger Article 50 and leave the EU. Over the next two years, the EU and the UK negotiated a divorce deal. On January 15, 2019, Parliament voted “no-deal” to May’s contentious Brexit plan. May resigned that July, and the new prime minister, Boris Johnson, promised to get Brexit done. On January 31, 2020, Britain officially left the EU.
Copyright 2020 Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 3 .1)
2
Brexit
Historic Events
Comprehension A. Timeline Place the following in chronological order (1–10). One item is not mentioned in the reading, but is correct. Place a star beside it and guess where it belongs. The leader of UKIP announced his plans to step down. 72% of eligible voters cast a vote in the referendum. The idea of Britain exiting from the EU became known as Brexit. The “Leave” camp won the referendum with 52% of votes. Prime Minister Cameron announced his plans to step down. People organized a petition for a second referendum. Prime Minister Cameron promised to hold a referendum about the UK leaving the EU. Parliament voted “no-deal” to May’s Brexit plan. Prime Minister Theresa May said “Brexit is Brexit.” The UK officially left the EU.
B. Ask & Answer Practice asking and answering the following questions with your partner. Then write your answers in complete sentences in your notebook. 1. What type of vote is a referendum? 2. Who was eligible to vote in Brexit? 3. Which camp was Prime Minister Cameron in? 4. What role did Nigel Farage play in the Brexit campaign? 5. What major item did Prime Minister May have to negotiate? 6. What major ruling did the English High Court make in 2016? 7. When did the UK officially leave the EU?
Copyright 2020 Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 3 .1)
3
Brexit
Historic Events
Portmanteaus The word Brexit is a portmanteau. It blends two words (Britain + exit) into one.
#
Word
Blend
1
motel
motor + hotel
A portmanteau is different from a compound noun, which features two complete words as one (such as doghouse and doorknob).
2
brunch
3
smog
4
workaholic
Can you figure out which words were blended to make these portmanteaus?
5
Grexit
6
staycation
7
frenemy
8
webinar
Vocabulary Review Choose the word or phrase with the closest meaning to the underlined word or phrase in the following sentences. 1. T he referendum is only for people in our province. a) politics b) reform c) vote 2. There was a low turnout due to the rain. a) reversal b) attendance c) vote
3. The students have diverse religious beliefs.
5. We were shocked to hear that he was stepping down.
a) difficult b) contentious c) varied
a) excited b) surprised c) triggered
4. You are not eligible to vote unless you are a citizen.
6. I am opposed to the new rule about uniforms.
a) preserved b) allowed c) equal
Copyright 2020 Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
a) against b) opposite c) arguing
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 3 .1)
4
Brexit
Historic Events
Discussion 1. How will Brexit affect language teachers? 2. How will Brexit affect students? 3. Will British English lose its importance after Brexit? 4. How does the refugee crisis in Europe relate to Brexit? 5. Will Brexit cause other EU nations to think about leaving the EU? If yes, which ones?
Research IN SMALL GROUPS During the Brexit negotiations, the “backstop” became one of the most contentious issues. Do some research and share your findings about this primary element of concern for both sides. 1. What was the Brexit backstop? 2. What was the EU’s position on the backstop? 3. What did the EU and the UK agree on about the Irish border?
Copyright 2020 Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 3 .1)
5
Brexit
Historic Events
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: High Int – Adv
In this lesson, students read about the historic referendum in the
TIME:
UK in which citizens voted to leave the EU (2016). Students learn
TAGS: Brexit, European Union, EU, David Cameron, Theresa May,
2–2.5 hours
and practice new vocabulary and discuss how Brexit will affect
English language learning, English language teaching,
language teachers and learners.
British English, refugee, borders, Ireland, backstop
Pre-Reading
Comprehension
A. WARM-UP QUESTIONS
A. TIMELINE
1.
UK stands for United Kingdom.
6 T he leader of UKIP announced his plans to step down.
2.
EU stands for European Union. It is an economic and political
3 72% of eligible voters cast a vote in the referendum.
group of 27 (without the UK) European countries. It acts as a
2 The idea of Britain exiting from the EU became known as Brexit.
single country when it comes to movement of goods, services,
4 The “Leave” camp won the referendum with 52% of votes.
and people. The full answer is located in the note on page 2.
5 Prime Minister Cameron announced his plans to step down.
A referendum is a vote about a single question (Yes/No style).
7 People organized a petition for a second referendum.
3.
1* Prime Minister Cameron promised to hold B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
a referendum about the UK leaving the EU.
1. e
3. j
5. d
7. a
9. i
11. b
13. h
2. f
4. l
6. n
8. g
10. k
12. c
14. m
Reading Read as a class, in groups, in pairs, or individually. Discuss the quote.
9 Parliament voted “no-deal” to May’s Brexit plan. 8 Prime Minister Theresa May said “Brexit is Brexit.” 10 The UK officially left the EU. B. ASK & ANSWER 1.
A referendum is a vote with one question that has two options.
2.
The eligible Brexit voters were British, Irish, and Commonwealth citizens (18 and over) living in the UK. UK citizens living outside of the UK for under 15 years were also eligible.
3.
Prime Minister Cameron was in the “Remain” camp.
4.
Nigel Farage led the “Leave” camp during the Brexit campaign.
5.
Prime Minister May had to negotiate the status and rights of British nationals living in the EU and of the EU nationals living in the UK.
6.
The English High Court ruled that Parliament had to approve the UK leaving the EU.
7.
The UK officially left the EU on January 31, 2020.
(continued on the next page...)
Copyright 2020 Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 3 .1)
6
Brexit
Historic Events
Answer Key cont. Portmanteaus Challenge your students to figure out which two words create each portmanteau in the chart. 1.
motor + hotel
5.
Greece + exit
2.
breakfast + lunch
6.
stay (at home) + vacation
3.
smoke + fog
7.
friend + enemy
4.
work + alcoholic
8.
web + seminar
Vocabulary Review 1. c
2. b
3. c
4. b
5. b
6. a
Discussion Answers will vary. You may want to search for a blog post or article on the topic of Brexit and language learning/teaching. Many teachers have weighed in on this topic since the referendum.
Research Answers will vary. You may want to provide an article on the topic of the Brexit backstop. 1.
The Brexit backstop was an agreement to ensure there would be no hard border between Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland even if no specific deal was put in place for trade and security.
2.
The EU wanted the backstop to apply to Northern Ireland only and did not want the backstop to have a time limit.
3.
Both the EU and the UK agreed that they did not want a hard border (a physical customs checkpoint) at the Irish border.
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the word Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell it this way: Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find this word in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spelling.
Copyright 2020 Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 3 .1)
7
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 5:
Short on Cash Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate approached her residence Don. She complained that she was having trouble studying. Her roommate, Yuki, always has an entourage. Alex (the Don) thinks Kate is overreacting. He suggests some solutions, but Kate insists on moving to a single room. In this episode, Kate brings up this issue with her mother. The one thing standing in her way is cash! Will her mother offer to help?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
see eye to eye
a) to pay for
2.
dough
b) money
3.
student loan
c) to be on good terms
4.
Things are tight.
d) money that a student borrows to help pay for his/her education
5.
cover the costs
6.
fit in
7.
whip into shape
8.
get settled
9.
get along
10. under pressure
e) to agree, to see things in the same way f) to feel comfortable with new surroundings g) to have room h) There isn’t any extra money. i) to get something ready j) experiencing stress due to a difficult situation (such as not having enough time to complete something)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Short on Cash
Episode 5 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Mom
Remember I told you about the form I filled out at the housing office last week, Mom? Oh, right. Is your roommate still bugging you? I know you two got off to a rocky start, but I figured you’d find a way to . Believe me, I’ve tried. Yuki and I don’t on anything. Anyway, my application was accepted. I’m moving to my new room on Friday. So you need us to come down and help you move, do you? Not exactly. What I need is a little extra . The other room costs an extra 200 bucks a month. That’s what your is for, dear. Mom, I need that money for tuition and books. I’ll have no money for groceries if I use my student loan to cover the extra room charge. here, love. You may need to consider a part-time job. A job? Didn’t you say you wanted me to concentrate on my studies? Well, yes, but if you’re really serious about moving into a single room, then you’ll have to find a way to . I don’t know how I’m going to a job. I’m already behind in my reading. You have to hang out with your new friends on the weekends, dear. I suggest you whip that resume of yours into shape. I guess you’re right. I’ll do anything to get out of this room. It might be good for you to get a part-time job. You’ve always worked better . I guess you’re right, Mom. I’ll start my job hunt as soon as I get settled into my new room.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Short on Cash
Episode 5 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension
Who are you calling “dear”?
Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook.
The word “dear” is a term of endearment. It shows that you love someone. Other terms of endearment are “sweetie,” “honey,” “pumpkin,” “baby,” and “sugar.”
1. Have Yuki and Kate found a way to get along? 2. What does Kate’s mom think Kate is going to ask for at first? 3. True or False? Kate’s student loan will cover the extra costs of having a single room. 4. What does Kate’s mom mean by “things are a bit tight around here”? 5. What suggestion does Kate’s mom have for Kate in relation to affording the single room? 6. What does Kate need to “whip into shape”? 7. According to Kate’s mom, how does Kate work best? 8. What does Kate agree to do?
Vocabulary Review
English learners often use these words awkwardly or inappropriately. A mother can use it with her child. A husband can use it with his wife, but she might say, “Don’t call me dear!” Some women think “dear” is old-fashioned and even insulting. A student should not call a teacher or peer “dear.” The most appropriate form of “dear” is from an elderly or older person (grandparent or parent) to a younger person (grandchild or child). If in doubt, don’t call a person “dear.”
A. Odd One Out Circle the word that does not belong in each group. 1. a) find b) dough c) bucks d) cash
3. a) pressure b) stress c) time constraint d) get along
5. a) accommodate b) fit in c) make room d) whip into shape
2. a) student loan b) tuition c) costs d) eye to eye
4. a) settle in b) get comfortable c) tight financially d) relax
6. a) have fun b) get along c) cover the costs d) enjoy one’s company
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7. a) sugar b) sweetie c) student d) love
3
Short on Cash
Episode 5 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Spelling Bee Listen to your teacher read some expressions. Write them down. Then switch pages with a partner and check for correct spelling. 1.
6.
2.
7.
3.
8.
4.
9.
5.
10.
C. Game Instructions
Hints
Listen to your teacher read definitions from the vocabulary list on page 1. Put your hand up if you know which word or expression your teacher is defining. To answer say, “What is + vocabulary word?”
Students can guess other synonyms as well. Points are only awarded for choosing the exact word or phrase from the vocabulary. If no one can guess the word, the teacher can read a few sentences surrounding the word or phrase.
Example:
Example:
Teacher:
to pay for
Juan:
What is “to cover the price”?
Teacher:
to pay for
Teacher:
Almost. Guess again.
Teacher:
Maria:
What is “to cover the costs”?
Teacher:
Right! One point for Maria.
[pause] Nobody can guess? Okay, here’s a hint: Kate says, “A job? Didn’t you say you wanted me to concentrate on my studies?” Kate’s mom answers, “Well, yes, but if you’re really serious about moving into a single room, then you’ll have to find a way to cover the costs.”
Juan:
[hand up] What is “to cover the costs”?
Teacher:
That’s right! One point for Juan.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Short on Cash
Episode 5 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Do you work better under pressure? 2. If you were Kate, would you ask your parents for financial help? 3. Are you a person who usually gets along with others? Why or why not? 4. Have you ever been short on cash? What did you do? 5. What would you need to do in order to whip your own resume into shape?
Group Activity In groups, brainstorm the pros and cons of borrowing money for school and working part-time. Then fill in the chart below. After the discussion, take a vote to see which choice is more popular. Discuss the various financial options and challenges students have.
Working Part-Time While Studying Pros
Getting a Large Loan While Studying
Cons
Pros
Cons
Stay Tuned In Episode 6, Kate lands a job.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Short on Cash
Episode 5 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate calls her mom to talk about her roommate
TIME:
situation. She needs more cash to be able to afford a single room. Her mom tells her to get a job. Students discuss the pros and cons
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, money, cash, mom, university, tuition, residence
of getting a job or taking out loans to pay for university.
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
A. ODD ONE OUT
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
1. a
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
B. SPELLING BEE
2. d
3. d
4. c
5. d
6. c
1. e
3. d
5. a
7. i
9. c
Read the following words or phrases out loud to students:
2. b
4. h
6. g
8. f
10. j
1.
whip into shape
6.
tuition
2.
be under pressure
7.
roommate
3.
settle
8.
rocky start
4.
need some dough
9.
a bit tight
5.
terms of endearment
10. resume
Listening Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue.
7. c
After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 8 (optional handout).
Comprehension 1.
No, Yuki and Kate have not found a way to get along.
2.
Kate’s mom thinks Kate is going to ask for help moving to a different room.
3.
False
4.
Kate’s mom means that they can’t afford to give her
C. GAME Students may be familiar with the game “Jeopardy.” If not, explain the rules. Shout out definitions from the vocabulary list on page 1 in a random order. Offer hints by reading out a few lines from the dialogue where the word or phrase appears. Give students a point for each correct answer.
(continued on the next page...)
the extra money to cover the costs of a single room. 5.
Kate’s mom thinks her daughter should get a job.
6.
Kate needs to whip her resume into shape.
7.
According to Kate’s mom, Kate works best under pressure.
8.
Kate agrees to start job hunting after she moves into her new room.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Short on Cash
Episode 5 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Discussion Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Class Activity Answers will vary. Put students in groups and have them discuss the pros and cons of working part-time and taking out a large loan while attending school. Record their answers in the chart. After the discussion, they should have a vote to determine which option is more popular.
Dialogue Building This optional task is on page 9. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. f
4. o
7. m
10. h
13. i
2. b
5. d
8. k
11. n
14. l
3. a
6. g
9. j
12. c
15. e
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the word Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell this word Practise (when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find this words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, “university” is sometimes referred to as “college.” American students refer to a “don” as “RA,” or “Resident Assistant.”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Short on Cash
Episode 5 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Mom
Remember I told you about the form I filled out at the housing office last week, Mom? Oh, right. Is your roommate still bugging you? I know you two got off to a rocky start, but I figured you’d find a way to get along. Believe me, I’ve tried. Yuki and I don’t see eye to eye on anything. Anyway, my application was accepted. I’m moving to my new room on Friday. So you need us to come down and help you move, do you? Not exactly. What I need is a little extra dough. The other room costs an extra 200 bucks a month. That’s what your student loan is for, dear. Mom, I need that money for tuition and books. I’ll have no money for groceries if I use my student loan to cover the extra room charge. Things are a bit tight here, love. You may need to consider a part-time job. A job? Didn’t you say you wanted me to concentrate on my studies? Well, yes, but if you’re really serious about moving into a single room, then you’ll have to find a way to cover the costs. I don’t know how I’m going to fit in a job. I’m already behind in my reading. You have to hang out with your new friends on the weekends, dear. I suggest you whip that resume of yours into shape. I guess you’re right. I’ll do anything to get out of this room. It might be good for you to get a part-time job. You’ve always worked better under pressure. I guess you’re right, Mom. I’ll start my job hunt as soon as I get settled into my new room.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Short on Cash
Episode 5 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
Believe me, I’ve tried. Yuki and I don’t see eye to eye on anything. Anyway, my application was accepted. I’m moving to my new room on Friday.
b
Oh, right. Is your roommate still bugging you? I know you two got off to a rocky start, but I figured you’d find a way to get along.
h
Well, yes, but if you’re really serious about moving into a single room, then you’ll have to find a way to cover the costs.
i
I guess you’re right. I’ll do anything to get out of this room.
j
A job? Didn’t you say you wanted me to concentrate on my studies?
k
Things are a bit tight here, love. You may need to consider a part-time job.
l
It might be good for you to get a part-time job. You’ve always worked better under pressure.
c
You have to hang out with your new friends on the weekends, dear. I suggest you whip that resume of yours into shape.
d
Not exactly. What I need is a little extra dough. The other room costs an extra 200 bucks a month.
e
I guess you’re right, Mom. I’ll start my job hunt as soon as I get settled into my new room.
m
Mom, I need that money for tuition and books. I’ll have no money for groceries if I use my student loan to cover the extra room charge.
f
Remember I told you about the form I filled out at the housing office last week, Mom?
n
I don’t know how I’m going to fit in a job. I’m already behind in my reading.
g
That’s what your student loan is for, dear.
o
So you need us to come down and help you move, do you?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 1:
Comfort Zone Warm-Up A. Preview Kate is leaving for university tomorrow. It’s her first year away from home. She is leaving behind her comfort zone. This includes the home she grew up in, her family, and her best friend, Melanie. Melanie is worried about how things are going to change, but Kate has something else on her mind. What do you think it is?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
drop everything
a) a car to drive
2.
wheels
b) to go with another person (or group) who already has plans
3.
tag along
c) to stop everything all of a sudden
4.
jam-packed
d) having no room for anything more
5.
alone time
e) to make one feel unpleasant or uncomfortable
6.
hoodie
f) to borrow
7.
bum
g) a sweatshirt with a hood
8.
suit
h) to look good on, be suitable
9.
bug
i) privacy
10. get word
j) to hear information
11. dorm
k) to suddenly tell big or surprising news
12. rez
l) a building where students live on campus, same as “dorm”
13. bunch
m) a lot, a group of
14. drop a bombshell
n) a building where students live on campus, same as “rez”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Comfort Zone
Episode 1 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Melanie
I can’t believe you’re leaving tomorrow. Things aren’t going to be the same around here. You’re acting like I’m leaving the planet, Mel. The campus is only two hours away, remember? I know, but it’s not like you’ll be able to just and go shopping with me anymore. Besides, I don’t have any . You can always with my parents when they come up. I know, but your schedule will probably be . Plus, you and your mom are going to want your . I’ll always have time for my best friend. Come on. Help me sit on my suitcase. I need to zip it up. Okay. Wait, did you pack your black in here? No, it’s in the closet. Why? I was kind of hoping I could borrow it. I won’t be able to any clothes from you for a while. It’s all yours, Mel. It you better, anyway. Thanks, Kate. You know, you don’t seem yourself today. Is something you? I can’t keep anything from you, can I? Well, what is it? I just that I got placed in a coed . My first choice was the all-girls on campus, but I guess it was full. A coed dorm? Really? How does your dad feel about you living with of guys? That’s the thing. I haven’t exactly yet.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Comfort Zone
Episode 1 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. What does Melanie think she needs in order to see Kate this year?
Did you know?
2. What does Kate ask Melanie to help her do?
When you keep something from someone, you don’t tell the whole truth. Kate may not be able to keep anything from her best friend, but she has kept something important from her dad.
3. What does Melanie ask to borrow? 4. Why does Kate say she can’t “keep anything” from Melanie? 5. What did Kate just find out? 6. What hasn’t Kate done yet?
Vocabulary Review Circle the correct word to complete each sentence. 1. Another word for is dormitory. a) rez b) doormat c) dormant d) resting
2. It’s cold in here. Could I bum a from you? a) tag b) hoodie c) bunch d) baggie 3. It really bugs me that I don’t have any to come and visit you. a) times b) suits c) wheels d) drives
4. We were hoping for some alone time, but the restaurant was . a) jam b) jamming c) jam-packed d) jelly 5. I’ll as soon as I get word that you need me. a) bombard b) drop through c) drop everything d) bomb out 6. My sister and her boyfriend dropped a on us on Christmas Day. They’re moving to Europe! a) bombshell b) line c) pin d) hint
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Comfort Zone
Episode 1 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. What’s on your mind these days? 2. Do you have a best friend who can read your mind? What physical changes occur when you are worried about something? 3. What do you bum from your friends and family members? 4. How would your parents feel if they heard you were going to live in a coed dorm?
Pair Activity YOU’RE KEEPING SOMETHING FROM ME, AREN’T YOU? Choose a partner. Read the instructions for A or B. After the activity, switch roles. Student A
Student B
Pretend you and your partner are best friends. Tell your best friend “part” of a secret (made up or real). Leave an important part of the story out. This part should be an embarrassing part or a part that you wish didn’t happen. Wait until your partner convinces you to share the rest.
Your partner is going to tell you a secret. When your partner finishes the secret, think about what he or she didn’t tell you. Say, “That’s not the whole truth, is it?” or “You’re keeping something from me, aren’t you?” or “There’s more to the story, isn’t there?” Convince your partner to tell you the missing part.
Stay Tuned In Episode 2, Kate gets dropped off at the dorm by her dad. Will she drop the bombshell?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Comfort Zone
Episode 1 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate is packing for university. She talks to her best
TIME:
friend, Melanie. Melanie is worried about how things are going to change. Kate tells Melanie a secret. Students explore the idiom
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, friends, confession, secret, coed, dorm, residence
“to keep something from someone.”
Warm-Up
Discussion
A. PREVIEW
Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Pair Activity
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. c
3. b
5. i
7. f
9. e
11. n
13. m
2. a
4. d
6. g
8. h
10. j
12. l
14. k
Give each student a few minutes to think of a scenario. Then place students in partners. Ask for volunteers to perform the role-plays in front of the class.
Listening
Dialogue Building
Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs.
This optional task is on page 7. Students should
The full transcript is on page 6 (optional handout).
cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order.
Comprehension
1. n
5. a
9. e
13. k
2. g
6. i
10. m
14. f
3. d
7. l
11. c
15. h
4. j
8. b
12. o
16. p
1.
Melanie thinks she needs her own wheels to go and see Kate at school.
2.
Kate asks Melanie to help her sit
SPELLING NOTE:
on the suitcase so that she can zip it up. 3.
Melanie asks to borrow Kate’s black hoodie.
This lesson shows the American spelling of the word Practice.
4.
Melanie can tell by Kate’s mood that something is bugging her.
Most other English-speaking countries spell it this way: Practise
5.
Kate just found out that she is
(when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Make it a
going to be living in a coed dorm.
challenge for your students to find this word in the lesson and
Kate has not told her father that she is going
see if they know the alternate spelling.
6.
to be living in a building with a bunch of guys. EDITOR’S NOTE:
Vocabulary Review 1. a
2. b
3. c
In the United States, “university” is sometimes referred 4. c
5. c
6. a
to as “college.” American students refer to on-campus housing as “dorms,” while students in other English-speaking countries also use the terms “res,” “rez,” and “residence.”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Comfort Zone
Episode 1 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Melanie
I can’t believe you’re leaving tomorrow. Things aren’t going to be the same around here. You’re acting like I’m leaving the planet, Mel. The campus is only two hours away, remember? I know, but it’s not like you’ll be able to just drop everything and go shopping with me anymore. Besides, I don’t have any wheels. You can always tag along with my parents when they come up. I know, but your schedule will probably be jam-packed. Plus, you and your mom are going to want your alone time. I’ll always have time for my best friend. Come on. Help me sit on my suitcase. I need to zip it up. Okay. Wait, did you pack your black hoodie in here? No, it’s in the closet. Why? I was kind of hoping I could borrow it. I won’t be able to bum any clothes from you for a while. It’s all yours, Mel. It suits you better, anyway. Thanks, Kate. You know, you don’t seem yourself today. Is something bugging you? I can’t keep anything from you, can I? Well, what is it? I just got word that I got placed in a coed dorm. My first choice was the all-girls rez on campus, but I guess it was full. A coed dorm? Really? How does your dad feel about you living with a bunch of guys? That’s the thing. I haven’t exactly dropped the bombshell yet.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Comfort Zone
Episode 1 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
I know, but your schedule will probably be jam-packed. Plus, you and your mom are going to want your alone time.
b
No, it’s in the closet. Why?
c
Thanks, Kate. You know, you don’t seem yourself today. Is something bugging you?
d
I know, but it’s not like you’ll be able to just drop everything and go shopping with me anymore. Besides, I don’t have any wheels.
e
I was kind of hoping I could borrow it. I won’t be able to bum any clothes from you for a while.
f
I just got word that I got placed in a coed dorm. My first choice was the all-girls rez on campus, but I guess it was full.
g
You’re acting like I’m leaving the planet, Mel. The campus is only two hours away, remember?
h
A coed dorm? Really? How does your dad feel about you living with a bunch of guys?
i
I’ll always have time for my best friend. Come on. Help me sit on my suitcase. I need to zip it up.
j
You can always tag along with my parents when they come up.
k
Well, what is it?
l
Okay. Wait, did you pack your black hoodie in here?
m
It’s all yours, Mel. It suits you better, anyway.
n
I can’t believe you’re leaving tomorrow. Things aren’t going to be the same around here.
o
I can’t keep anything from you, can I?
p
That’s the thing. I haven’t exactly dropped the bombshell yet.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 10:
Living for the Moment Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate spoke to a counselor about her marks. Kate realized that she needs to concentrate on school more. She does not want to fail her courses, and she does not want to drop out. In this episode, Kate discusses school with Jason. Will he go back to school in September?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
folks
a) a common nickname for a female with light-colored hair
2.
Blondie
3.
get one’s head on straight
b) to focus on and enjoy the present time, not worry about the past or future
4.
thrilled
5.
be going through a lot
6.
change one’s mind
7.
pumped
8.
live for the moment
9.
Whatever happens, happens.
c) to have many worries and responsibilities d) to really be happening (rather than just talking about the possibility) e) to focus on what truly matters f) to end a romantic relationship g) slang for people, sometimes refers to parents h) very excited i) Any outcome will be okay. (or) It’s out of my control.
10. split up
j) to make a change in one’s decision
11. be official
k) very excited about something that will happen in the future
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Living for the Moment
Episode 10 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Jason
Kate
I’m so glad you agreed to come home with me next weekend. My are going to love you. What makes you say that? It’s just that I’ve never really dated a university student before. My parents always hoped I’d and go back to school. But I thought you said you’re going to apply to college next year. They must be about that. To be honest, I haven’t actually told them. They’re right now. I don’t want to upset them if I over the summer. Why would you change your mind? You said you were really about going back to school. I am. But you never know. September is a long way away. Anything could happen. I could win the lottery or something. Now you’re dreaming. You know me. I like to . . Sometimes it’s good to plan ahead, Jason. We all need to have goals. And what are your goals, Blondie? Are you going to save the world or just me? I just want to pull up my marks so I can change my major. I think I’d be really good at marketing. Do you really need a class to teach you how to sell something? You sold me, remember? You know how I feel about school, Jason. It’s pretty hard to get anywhere in life without a degree of some sort. So you say. I just never want to be married to a job. Speaking of married, did I tell you my parents are ? Yes, I’m really sorry. Is it now?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Living for the Moment
Episode 10 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook.
Did you know?
1. When is Kate going to meet Jason’s parents?
So + pronoun + say(s) is a way of expressing a bit of doubt (or surprise) toward a claim by another person.
2. What does Jason say about his parents’ dream for him? 3. What might Jason change his mind about?
A: Is Kate really dating Jason? B: So she says.
4. What does Jason mean by “I like to live for the moment”? 5. What are Kate’s goals? 6. Why does Kate think Jason should get a degree of some sort?
A: Are Kate and Jason really just friends? B: So they say.
7. What does Jason say about his parents at the end of the conversation?
Vocabulary Review A. Odd One Out Circle the word that does not belong in each group. 1. a) blond b) brunette c) redhead d) blue
3. a) split up b) live up c) break up d) divorce
2. a) pumped b) thrilled c) splitting up d) excited
4. a) adults b) folks c) pets d) parents
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
5. a) official b) fact c) thrill d) for real
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Living for the Moment
Episode 10 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Choose the Correct Response Read the sentence and choose the correct response. 1. Marni is going through a lot right now. a) Yes, I heard she lost her job. b) It hasn’t arrived yet. c) Sorry, right now I’m busy. 2. Have you changed your mind about coming for dinner? a) Hamburgers or hotdogs. b) Yes, my meeting got canceled. I can come. c) That’s okay. I just ate.
4. Where are you going this weekend? a) Please, don’t change your mind. b) Yes, I’m pumped about it. c) I’m going to visit my folks. 5. What are your plans for the future? a) I prefer to live in the moment. b) I’m afraid they’re splitting up. c) It’s official! 6. Your sister is a redhead, isn’t she?
3. You must be happy to be going on vacation. a) I’ll get my head on straight soon. b) Whatever happens, happens. c) I’m thrilled!
a) Whatever happens, happens. b) No, she’s a blond. c) She prefers to wear pink.
Discussion
Stay Tuned
MY LIFE
In Episode 11, Kate meets Jason’s mom.
Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. What expectations do your parents or family members have of you? 2. Describe something that you changed your mind about recently. 3. Do you typically live in the moment or do you prefer to plan for the future? 4. Describe someone you know who is married to his or her job. 5. Is divorce common in your culture? Why or why not?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Living for the Moment
Episode 10 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate talks about school with Jason. He says his
TIME:
parents will be happy to meet her because she is a student.
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, divorce, splitting up, marriage,
Jason reminds Kate his parents are splitting up.
meeting the parents, university, dating
Warm-Up
B. CHOOSE THE CORRECT RESPONSE 1. a
A. PREVIEW
2. b
3. c
4. c
5. a
6. b
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
Discussion
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions
1. g
3. e
5. c
7. k
9. i
2. a
4. h
6. j
8. b
10. f
11. d
or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Dialogue Building
Listening
This optional task is on page 7. Students should
Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue.
cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order.
After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs.
1. g
5. k
9. p
13. o
The full transcript is on page 7 (optional handout).
2. j
6. m
10. c
14. f
3. b
7. a
11. n
15. e
4. d
8. h
12. i
16. l
Comprehension 1.
Kate is going to meet Jason’s parents next weekend.
2.
Jason says his parents always wanted him to go back to school.
3.
Jason might change his mind about
SPELLING NOTE:
Colored, and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries
going back to school in September. 4.
This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Counselor, spell these words this way: Counsellor, Coloured, and Practise
When Jason says, “I like to live for the moment,”
(when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Make it a
he means he doesn’t like making plans for the future. 5.
Kate’s goals are to pull up her marks and change her major.
6.
Kate thinks it’s difficult to get a good job without a degree.
7.
Jason says his parents are splitting up.
challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Vocabulary Review
In the United States, “marks” are referred to as “grades.” Also, “university students” are called “college students.”
A. ODD ONE OUT 1. d
2. c
When Canadians say “college” they are usually 3. b
4. c
5. c
referring to a community college or technical school.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Living for the Moment
Episode 10 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Jason
Kate
I’m so glad you agreed to come home with me next weekend. My folks are going to love you. What makes you say that? It’s just that I’ve never really dated a university student before. My parents always hoped I’d get my head on straight and go back to school. But I thought you said you’re going to apply to college next year. They must be thrilled about that. To be honest, I haven’t actually told them. They’re going through a lot right now. I don’t want to upset them if I change my mind over the summer. Why would you change your mind? You said you were really pumped about going back to school. I am. But you never know. September is a long way away. Anything could happen. I could win the lottery or something. Now you’re dreaming. You know me. I like to live for the moment. Whatever happens, happens. Sometimes it’s good to plan ahead, Jason. We all need to have goals. And what are your goals, Blondie? Are you going to save the world or just me? I just want to pull up my marks so I can change my major. I think I’d be really good at marketing. Do you really need a class to teach you how to sell something? You sold me, remember? You know how I feel about school, Jason. It’s pretty hard to get anywhere in life without a degree of some sort. So you say. I just never want to be married to a job. Speaking of married, did I tell you my parents are splitting up? Yes, I’m really sorry. Is it official now?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Living for the Moment
Episode 10 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
I am. But you never know. September is a long way away. Anything could happen. I could win the lottery or something.
b
It’s just that I’ve never really dated a university student before. My parents always hoped I’d get my head on straight and go back to school.
c
Sometimes it’s good to plan ahead, Jason. We all need to have goals.
d
But I thought you said you’re going to apply to college next year. They must be thrilled about that.
e
f
g
h
So you say. I just never want to be married to a job. Speaking of married, did I tell you my parents are splitting up? You know how I feel about school, Jason. It’s pretty hard to get anywhere in life without a degree of some sort. I’m so glad you agreed to come home with me next weekend. My folks are going to love you.
i
I just want to pull up my marks so I can change my major. I think I’d be really good at marketing.
j
What makes you say that?
k
To be honest, I haven’t actually told them. They’re going through a lot right now. I don’t want to upset them if I change my mind over the summer.
l
Yes, I’m really sorry. Is it official now?
m
Why would you change your mind? You said you were really pumped about going back to school.
n
And what are your goals, Blondie? Are you going to save the world or just me?
o
Do you really need a class to teach you how to sell something? You sold me, remember?
p
You know me. I like to live for the moment. Whatever happens, happens.
Now you’re dreaming.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 8:
Kate Gets the Call Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate talked to her best friend, Melanie, on the phone. Melanie was upset because Kate doesn’t have time to hang out on the weekend. Kate is busy working, studying, and pursuing a boy named Jason. Melanie is hurt that Kate doesn’t have any time for her. Speaking of phone calls, Kate is waiting for an important one today. Who will it be?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
dead
a) a lot
2.
lemon
b) to relieve another person of a problem
3.
from A to B
c) to do something or make a decision without thinking much about it
4.
second-hand
5.
take something off someone’s hands
e) a car that always breaks down and is not reliable
6.
get by
f) available, having no plans
7.
decaf
g) used by another person before
8.
not put much thought into something
h) not busy
9.
a ton
10. ace 11. free
d) from one place to another
i) to do very well (academically) j) to be able to function properly k) does not contain caffeine, short for decaffeinated coffee
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Kate Gets the Call
Episode 8 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Jason
You really didn’t think I was going to call, did you? Well, you said Wednesday, and it’s Thursday now. You never know with guys. Sorry I didn’t call last night. I ended up having to close up. It was tonight, so I am glad you’re . Well, thanks for picking me up. I could have taken the bus downtown. Are you kidding? What kind of a guy makes a girl take a bus on a first date? Besides, I wanted you to check out my wheels. Yes, I see. Um...what kind of car is it? It's a nice color. You're too sweet. It's a , but it gets me . That’s all that matters. Did you buy it ? My uncle gave it to me for my 19th birthday. Actually, he was going to take it to the junkers. I offered to . Well, it beats the bus. You can say that again. So where do you want to go for coffee? Do you even drink coffee? Yes, I couldn’t without it. I’d better make it a or I’ll never make it to class in the morning, though. Sounds good. So what are you studying, anyway? Wait, let me guess. You look like a science girl. Me? Not a chance. Then again, I’m not exactly acing English literature. I picking a major. English? I would never have guessed. I hear English majors have of required reading. It’s true. If Randy didn’t call me in to fill shifts all of the time, I’d be able to get some studying done.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Kate Gets the Call
Episode 8 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class, then write your answers in your notebook.
Did you know?
1. What doe Kate mean when she says, “Well, you said Wednesday, and it’s Thursday now”? 2. What excuse does Jason make at the beginning of the phone call? 3. True or false? Kate takes the bus to meet Jason. 4. Why does Jason mention a lemon?
In English, it is common to remove the pronoun it or that before the verb “sounds.” A: We’re going swimming before dinner. Is that okay with you? B: Sounds fun! / Sounds good! / Sounds perfect! / Sounds like a plan!
5. Why will Kate get a decaf coffee? 6. What do English majors have to spend a lot of time doing? 7. Why is Kate finding it difficult to study now?
Vocabulary Review A. Spot the Error Get into pairs. One of you will be Student A and the other will be Student B. Read the sentence out loud. Ask your partner to listen for an error. Then correct the error together. Student A:
Student B:
1. I couldn’t get be without my morning coffee.
6. I’m freed to babysit if you’re in a pinch.
2. The restaurant was death tonight, so I sent two servers home.
7. We didn’t put much think into our car purchase.
3. If you don’t want that table, I’ll take it off your arms. 4. We have a tan of dishes to do after lunch.
8. I’m icing English class this year. 9. My car is okay. It gets me from Y to Z. 10. That sands good to me.
5. I hate riding my bike that far, but it bets waiting for the train.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Kate Gets the Call
Episode 8 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Role-Play With your partner, choose one of the scenarios to the right and write a short dialogue (up to 10 lines) using vocabulary from the list on page 1. Practice the dialogue and check. Read the dialogue out to the class with your partner.
Scenarios: 1. A student bought a lemon from a car dealer. (student & salesman) 2. A student has a ton of studying to do. (student & friend) 3. A student wants to change his/her major. (student & friend) 4. A worker is closing up the restaurant. (worker & customer) 5. A student is going out for coffee. (student & romantic interest)
C. Matching Match the words on the left to their opposites on the right. 1.
busy
a)
acing
2.
new
b)
a lemon
3.
light as a feather
c)
free
4.
a gem
d)
second-hand
5.
failing
e)
weighs a ton
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Describe an important call that you waited for. 2. Do you prefer to buy new or used cars? Explain your reason. 3. In your opinion, where is the best place for a first date? 4. Do you drink coffee? Why or why not? 5. Have you ever made a mistake because you didn’t put enough thought into it?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Kate Gets the Call
Episode 8 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Group Activity In groups, brainstorm the pros and cons of drinking different types of beverages and fill in the chart below. After the discussion, take a vote to see which beverage is more popular in each category. Discuss the various health issues related to each one.
Decaf Coffee Pros
Caffeinated Coffee Cons
Pros
Diet Soda Pros
Regular Soda Cons
Pros
Sugar Free (Sugar Substitute) Beverages Pros
Cons
Cons
Cons
Sugary Beverages Pros
Cons
Stay Tuned In Episode 9, Kate realizes her grades are slipping.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Kate Gets the Call
Episode 8 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate goes on a date with a guy from the restaurant.
TIME:
Jason picks her up in his beat-up car and they get to know each other. Students discuss health issues related to beverages.
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, date, dating, health, soda, pop, beverages
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
A. SPOT THE ERROR
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
1.
I couldn’t get by without my morning coffee.
2.
The restaurant was dead tonight, so I sent two servers home.
3.
If you don’t want that table, I’ll take it off your hands.
4.
We have a ton of dishes to do after lunch.
5.
I hate riding my bike that far, but it beats waiting for the train.
6.
I’m free to babysit if you’re in a pinch.
7.
We didn’t put much thought into our car purchase.
8.
I’m acing English class this year.
9.
My car is okay. It gets me from A to B.
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. h
3. d
5. b
7. k
9. a
2. e
4. g
6. j
8. c
10. i
Listening Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 8 (optional handout).
11. f
10. That sounds good to me. B. ROLE-PLAY
Comprehension
Put students in pairs and have them practice the scenarios.
1.
Kate means that Jason is calling one day late.
C. MATCHING
2.
At the beginning of the phone call, Jason says that
1. c
2. d
3. e
4. b
5. a
he had to close the restaurant on Wednesday night. 3.
False
4.
Jason is talking about his car, which always breaks down.
5.
Kate will not be able to sleep if she doesn’t have decaf.
(continued on the next page...)
She won’t make it to school in the morning. 6.
English majors have to spend a lot of time reading.
7.
Kate is finding it difficult to study because she is getting called in to work too often.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Kate Gets the Call
Episode 8 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Discussion Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry.
Class Activity Answers will vary. Put students in groups and have them discuss the pros and cons of different types of beverages and record their answers in the chart. After the discussion, they should have a vote to see which type of drink in each category is more popular.
Dialogue Building This optional task is on page 9. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. e
5. j
9. l
13. d
2. m
6. a
10. f
14. k
3. c
7. g
11. o
15. p
4. n
8. b
12. i
16. h
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Color and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Colour and Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings. EDITOR’S NOTE: In American English, “junkers” is referred to as “junkyard.”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Kate Gets the Call
Episode 8 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Jason
You really didn’t think I was going to call, did you? Well, you said Wednesday, and it’s Thursday now. You never know with guys. Sorry I didn’t call last night. I ended up having to close up. It was dead tonight, so I am glad you’re free. Well, thanks for picking me up. I could have taken the bus downtown. Are you kidding? What kind of a guy makes a girl take a bus on a first date? Besides, I wanted you to check out my wheels. Yes, I see. Um...what kind of car is it? It's a nice color. You're too sweet. It's a lemon, but it gets me from A to B. That’s all that matters. Did you buy it second-hand? My uncle gave it to me for my 19th birthday. Actually, he was going to take it to the junkers. I offered to take it off his hands. Well, it beats the bus. You can say that again. So where do you want to go for coffee? Do you even drink coffee? Yes, I couldn’t get by without it. I’d better make it a decaf or I’ll never make it to class in the morning, though. Sounds good. So what are you studying, anyway? Wait, let me guess. You look like a science girl. Me? Not a chance. Then again, I’m not exactly acing English literature. I didn’t put much thought into picking a major. English? I would never have guessed. I hear English majors have a ton of required reading. It’s true. If Randy didn’t call me in to fill shifts all of the time, I’d be able to get some studying done.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Kate Gets the Call
Episode 8 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
Yes, I see. Um...what kind of car is it? It’s a nice color.
b
That’s all that matters. Did you buy it second-hand?
c
Sorry I didn’t call last night. I ended up having to close up. It was dead tonight, so I am glad you’re free.
d
Sounds good. So what are you studying, anyway? Wait, let me guess. You look like a science girl.
e
You really didn’t think I was going to call, did you?
f
g
h
i
j
Are you kidding? What kind of a guy makes a girl take a bus on a first date? Besides, I wanted you to check out my wheels.
k
Me? Not a chance. Then again, I’m not exactly acing English literature. I didn’t put much thought into picking a major.
l
My uncle gave it to me for my 19th birthday. Actually, he was going to take it to the junkers. I offered to take it off his hands.
m
Well, you said Wednesday, and it’s Thursday now. You never know with guys.
n
Well, thanks for picking me up. I could have taken the bus downtown.
o
You can say that again. So where do you want to go for coffee? Do you even drink coffee?
p
English? I would never have guessed. I hear English majors have a ton of required reading.
Well, it beats the bus. You’re too sweet. It’s a lemon, but it gets me from A to B. It’s true. If Randy didn’t call me in to fill shifts all of the time, I’d be able to get some studying done. Yes, I couldn’t get by without it. I’d better make it a decaf or I’ll never make it to class in the morning, though.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 13:
Cramming for Exams Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate had a chat with her mom. She admitted that her marks had slipped and that she wanted to quit her job. Kate’s mom said her dad might be able to give her some money. He just got a holiday bonus. In this episode, Kate and her friend Rick get together to study. What advice will Rick have for Kate?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
ace
a) to play very loudly
2.
owe someone one
b) to do very well (academically)
3.
hook up
4.
cram
5.
It’s all Greek to me.
f) to get together romantically
6.
moral support
7.
bomb
g) to have to return a favor for someone as payment or appreciation for a favor done
8.
do one in
9.
in case one hasn’t noticed
10. blast 11. blow up 12. under pressure
c) emotional assistance for someone facing a problem d) I don’t understand it at all. e) to cause someone’s loss or failure
h) a sarcastic expression reminding the other person of an obvious situation i) experiencing stress due a difficult situation (such as not having enough time to complete something) j) to do very badly, fail k) to study lots of material in a short amount of time l) to show sudden anger
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Cramming for Exams
Episode 13 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Rick
Thanks for agreeing to study with me. I need to pass these exams. Actually, I need to do more than pass them. I need to them. No problem, Katie. I think I . Huh? Oh, you mean Melanie. I can’t believe you two that weekend. I barely even saw her, I was so busy. Mel's a great girl. I can see why she's your best friend. I'm going down to see her next weekend if you want to hitch a ride. I wish! I need to for these exams. Come on, quiz me on the notes I just gave you. Quiz you? This Shakespeare stuff is . I thought you just wanted me here for . I need you to ask me questions about those four plays. I thought you said you took Shakespeare last year? I did, but I it. I was doing okay at the start of the semester, but the final exam . Don’t tell me that! If I want to pass, I need to understand the plot, characters, and theme of each play. Look, why don’t you just go online and memorize some essays or something? That's cheating, Rick! I'm serious about school, . Hey, don’t get mad at me. You’re the one who the music and called for take-out pizza. Sorry I . I’m a lot of right now. I just quit my job, and I’m worried about what Jason is going to say. If Jason cares about you, he’ll know you did the right thing. Well, he’s working tonight, so I’m sure he knows by now. The phone will be ringing any second now.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Cramming for Exams
Episode 13 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension Quiz
Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook.
IS IT A VERB OR A NOUN? Just like the word “test,” the word “quiz” can be used as a verb or a noun:
1. Why does Rick say he “owes Kate one”? 2. Why can’t Kate go with Rick to visit Melanie next weekend? 3. True or False? Rick aced his Shakespeare final last year. 4. What are Rick and Kate having for dinner? 5. What did Kate do just before this conversation?
•
Can you quiz me on this week’s vocabulary? (verb)
•
I have a vocabulary quiz tomorrow. (noun)
Be careful of the spelling of the plural form of “quiz.” The word “quizzes” has two zs. For fun, say that word ten times in a row.
6. Why is Kate worried? 7. Who is Kate expecting a call from and why?
Vocabulary Review A. Antonyms Match the word on the left to the opposite on the right. 1.
It’s all Greek to me.
a)
remained calm
2.
blew up
b)
broke up
3.
ace
c)
I understand clearly.
4.
hooked up
d)
helped someone out
5.
did someone in
e)
bomb
B. Vocabulary Psychic Get together with a partner. Take turns “thinking about” a word or phrase from the vocabulary list on page 1. Your partner must guess which word you are thinking about by asking yes/no questions. You may only nod your head up and down (yes) or shake your head side to side (no). Your partner can only guess three times until you tell him or her the word you are thinking about.
Types of questions to ask: • • • • • •
Is it a noun? Is it a verb? Is it something Kate said? Is it something Rick said? Is it related to studying? Does it start with a B?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Cramming for Exams
Episode 13 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. C. Vocabulary Mix-Up The vocabulary words are used in the wrong sentences. Draw arrows from each bold word to the sentence where it belongs. 1. I have to owe for my exam this weekend. I’ve only read the first of ten chapters. 2. Thanks for picking me up from school. I moral you one. 3. She sometimes calls her mom for cram support. 4. They were pressure the music so loud that I couldn’t study. 5. I’ve been studying for hours, in case you hadn’t blasting. 6. I’ve been under a lot of bombed at work these days. 7. He thought he aced the test, but he actually noticed it.
Discussion A. My Life
B. Pizza
Discuss these questions with your classmates or write your responses in a journal entry.
Who doesn’t want to talk about pizza? Discuss these questions with a partner or small group.
1. How do you feel when your friend dates another friend?
1. Why do students often order take-out pizza?
2. What is your favorite type of take-out food? Why? 3. Give an example of when you or a classmate cheated on schoolwork. 4. Do you like studying for exams with friends or do you prefer to study alone? Explain. 5. Do you avoid phone calls often? Who do you avoid talking to? Why?
2. What ingredients taste best on pizza? 3. What ingredients would not taste good on pizza? 4. Is pizza a nutritious meal? 5. What beverage goes best with pizza? 6. What types of options do you have when ordering a pizza?
Stay Tuned In Episode 14, Jason and Kate are on a different page.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Cramming for Exams
Episode 13 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate tries to study with her friend Rick, but she has
TIME:
too much on her mind. What will Rick suggest? Students talk about study habits and pizza!
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, study, studying, dating, pizza
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
A. ANTONYMS
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
1. c
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
B. VOCABULARY PSYCHIC
2. a
3. e
4. b
5. d
1. b
3. f
5. d
7. j
9. h
11. l
Put students in pairs and have them look at their word lists and
2. g
4. k
6. c
8. e
10. a
12. i
choose a word/expression to “think about.” Students will ask each other Yes/No questions to try to guess which word their partner is
Listening
thinking about.
Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue.
C. VOCABULARY MIX-UP
After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 7 (optional handout).
2.
I have to cram for my exam this weekend. I’ve only read the first of ten chapters.
2.
Thanks for picking me up from school. I owe you one.
3.
She sometimes calls her mom for moral support.
4.
They were blasting the music so loud that I couldn’t study.
Rick owes Kate one because he is now dating Melanie. Melanie
5.
I’ve been studying for hours, in case you hadn’t noticed.
was visiting Kate, but Kate was too busy to hang out with her.
6.
I’ve been under a lot of pressure at work these days.
Kate can’t go with Rick to visit Melanie
7.
He thought he aced the test, but he actually bombed it.
Comprehension 1.
1.
because she has to study for her exams. 3.
False. Rick did very poorly on the final exam.
4.
Rick and Kate are having take-out pizza.
5.
Just before the conversation, Kate quit her job.
6.
Kate is worried because she thinks
(continued on the next page...)
Jason will find out that she quit. 7.
Kate is expecting a call from Jason because he is working tonight. He will find out the news when he gets to work.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Cramming for Exams
Episode 13 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Discussion A. MY LIFE Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry. B. PIZZ A Answers will vary. Have students discuss the questions in pairs or small groups.
Dialogue Building This optional task is included on page 8. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. e
4. l
7. k
10. o
13. g
2. i
5. a
8. d
11. m
14. c
3. b
6. f
9. h
12. j
15. n
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Favor, Favorite, and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Favour, Favourite, and Practise (when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
EDITOR’S NOTE: In American English, a “grade” is used (not a “mark”) to measure academic performance.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Cramming for Exams
Episode 13 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Kate
Rick
Thanks for agreeing to study with me. I need to pass these exams. Actually, I need to do more than pass them. I need to ace them. No problem, Katie. I think I owe you one. Huh? Oh, you mean Melanie. I can’t believe you two hooked up that weekend. I barely even saw her, I was so busy. Mel's a great girl. I can see why she's your best friend. I'm going down to see her next weekend if you want to hitch a ride. I wish! I need to cram for these exams. Come on, quiz me on the notes I just gave you. Quiz you? This Shakespeare stuff is all Greek to me. I thought you just wanted me here for moral support. I need you to ask me questions about those four plays. I thought you said you took Shakespeare last year? I did, but I bombed it. I was doing okay at the start of the semester, but the final exam did me in. Don’t tell me that! If I want to pass, I need to understand the plot, characters, and theme of each play. Look, why don’t you just go online and memorize some essays or something? That's cheating, Rick! I'm serious about school, in case you haven't noticed. Hey, don’t get mad at me. You’re the one who blasted the music and called for take-out pizza. Sorry I blew up. I’m under a lot of pressure right now. I just quit my job, and I’m worried about what Jason is going to say. If Jason cares about you, he’ll know you did the right thing. Well, he’s working tonight, so I’m sure he knows by now. The phone will be ringing any second now.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Cramming for Exams
Episode 13 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
I wish! I need to cram for these exams. Come on, quiz me on the notes I just gave you.
b
Huh? Oh, you mean Melanie. I can’t believe you two hooked up that weekend. I barely even saw her, I was so busy.
c
If Jason cares about you, he’ll know you did the right thing.
d
I did, but I bombed it. I was doing okay at the start of the semester, but the final exam did me in.
e
Thanks for agreeing to study with me. I need to pass these exams. Actually, I need to do more than pass them. I need to ace them.
f
Quiz you? This Shakespeare stuff is all Greek to me. I thought you just wanted me here for moral support.
g
Sorry I blew up. I’m under a lot of pressure right now. I just quit my job, and I’m worried about what Jason is going to say.
h
Don’t tell me that! If I want to pass, I need to understand the plot, characters, and theme of each play.
i
No problem, Katie. I think I owe you one.
j
Hey, don’t get mad at me. You’re the one who blasted the music and called for take-out pizza.
k
I need you to ask me questions about those four plays. I thought you said you took Shakespeare last year?
l
Mel’s a great girl. I can see why she’s your best friend. I’m going down to see her next weekend if you want to hitch a ride.
m
That’s cheating, Rick! I’m serious about school, in case you haven’t noticed.
n
Well, he’s working tonight, so I’m sure he knows by now. The phone will be ringing any second now.
o
Look, why don’t you just go online and memorize some essays or something?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Everyday Idioms 2
Episode 11:
Small-Town Charm Warm-Up A. Preview In the last episode, Kate and Jason had an argument about the importance of school. Jason has a lot on his mind, and school is not a priority. Jason’s parents are splitting up. In this episode, Jason’s dad has left sooner than expected. Kate goes to Jason’s hometown and meets his mom, Mrs. Harris. How do you think their meeting will go?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match the idioms on the left to the correct definitions on the right. 1.
Likewise.
a) to go to
2.
split
b) to say no to an offer
3.
Nonsense!
c) to keep a person physically busy
4.
it’s a wonder
d) to leave suddenly
5.
keep someone hopping
e) a love of sweets such as candy and desserts
6.
charmer
f) a person who comes in second in a contest
7.
bake-off
g) something is surprising
8.
runner-up
h) Of course not! (or) That’s not true!
9.
turn down
i) Same to you. (or) Me, too.
10. sweet tooth
j) a contest to see who can bake the best pie, cake, etc.
11. hit
k) a delightful, very pleasing, and likeable person
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Small-Town Charm
Episode 11 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Listening Fill in the blanks as you listen. Then read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Mrs. Harris
Kate
It’s nice to meet you, Mrs. Harris. Jason has told me so much about you. . I’m sorry about the awkward circumstances. We weren’t expecting Jason’s dad to so quickly. Well, I hope you don’t mind me being here. I can take the bus back to school if you and Jason would rather have some alone time. Nonsense! The three of us are going to have a lovely weekend together. Jason tells me you are a great cook. He couldn’t wait to get here for some home cooking. That boy does love to eat. he isn’t twice his size after eating all of that greasy restaurant food. Well, it’s a busy restaurant, and the customers love Jason. They . He is a , isn’t he? I wish he would get busy doing something else, though. He can’t work in a restaurant forever. Maybe he’ll take some courses next year. You never know. Jason? Don’t count on it. That kid never liked school. He’s more likely to join the Peace Corps. You might be right. So what have you got planned for us this weekend? Jason said you wanted to take us to a festival or something? Yes, our little town has a winter festival every year. It just so happens it’s this weekend. So what can I expect? Rides, shows, parades? Actually, I thought I’d take you to the bake-off. Last year, I was the in the “best pie” category. I never homemade pie. Jason probably told you I have a . Great! We can the craft tables on our way there.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Small-Town Charm
Episode 11 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension
What to call your boyfriend or girlfriend’s parents
Answer and discuss these questions in pairs or as a class. Then write your answers in your notebook. 1. What does Kate offer to do when she meets Mrs. Harris? 2. Why is the meeting awkward? 3. True or False? Mrs. Harris says Jason has gained a lot of weight since being away from home. 4. Does Mrs. Harris think Jason will go back to school in September? Why or why not? 5. What does Kate think she will see at the winter festival? 6. What is Mrs. Harris very good at doing? 7. What does Mrs. Harris want to do with Kate on the way to the contest?
Addressing the parents of a boyfriend or girlfriend can be awkward at first. The first time you meet your friend’s parents, call them Mr. or Mrs. + last name. They may say, “You can call me ( first name).” If you feel comfortable, go ahead and use their first names when you greet or ask a question to them in future visits. If they introduce themselves using a first name, this is also a form of permission that you may use it. (“Hi, I’m Lisa. Jason’s mom.”)
Vocabulary Review A. Complete the Sentences Choose the correct word from the vocabulary on page 1 to complete the following sentences. You may need to change the word form. 1. Having two jobs will really keep you . 2. I can’t believe you that job offer. 3. I would never say no to cake. I have a . 4. Can we the library on the way to school? 5. Our new neighbor is a . He brought us freshly baked pie and wine.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Small-Town Charm
Episode 11 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Spelling Bee With a partner, take turns reading out words and phrases from the vocabulary on page 1. Write the words your partner reads below. When you are finished, trade papers with your partner to correct the spelling. If your partner spells the word or phrase incorrectly, write a sentence together in your notebooks using the vocabulary. If your partner spells the word correctly, place a checkmark () on the line beside the word. 1.
7.
2.
8.
3.
9.
4.
10.
5.
11.
6.
C. Matching Match the words on the left to their antonyms on the right. 1.
runner-up
a)
appear
2.
turn down
b)
winner
3.
keep someone hopping
c)
make someone slow down
4.
split
d)
Exactly!
5.
Nonsense!
e)
accept
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Small-Town Charm
Episode 11 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Discussion MY LIFE Discuss these questions with your class or write your responses in a journal entry. 1. Are you comfortable talking with your friends’ parents? Why or why not? 2. Describe someone you know who is a “charmer.” 3. Did you like school as a child? Why or why not? 4. What type of festivals does your hometown have? 5. Do you prefer baking or cooking? What is your specialty?
Group Activity In groups, discuss the dos and don’ts when meeting a boyfriend or girlfriend’s parents for the first time. Record your answers in the chart. What to Do •
introduce yourself
What Not to Do •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
call them by their first names
Stay Tuned In Episode 12, Kate goes home for the holidays.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Small-Town Charm
Episode 11 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: Int – Adv
In this episode, Kate goes to Jason’s parents’ hometown and meets
TIME:
his mom. His father has already moved out. Mrs. Harris tells Kate about the weekend plans. Students discuss dos and don’ts for
1–2 hours
TAGS: idioms, meeting the parents, mother, small town, city, university, dating
meeting one another’s parents.
Warm-Up
Vocabulary Review
A. PREVIEW
A. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES
Read the preview together and have students make predictions.
1.
hopping
4.
hit
2.
turned down
5.
charmer
3.
sweet tooth
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW 1. i
3. h
5. c
7. j
9. b
2. d
4. g
6. k
8. f
10. e
11. a
Listening
B. SPELLING BEE Place students in pairs for this spelling review activity. Have them take turns reading out and writing the words. For any misspelled words, they will write an example sentence in their notebooks.
Have students fill in the blanks as they listen to the dialogue. After correction, have them practice reading it aloud in pairs. The full transcript is on page 8 (optional handout).
Comprehension 1.
Kate offers to take the bus back to school.
2.
The meeting is awkward because Jason’s dad has already moved out.
3.
False. She is surprised that Jason hasn’t gained a lot of weight.
4.
No. Mrs. Harris doesn’t think her son will go back to school.
C. MATCHING 1. b
2. e
3. c
4. a
5. d
Discussion Answers will vary. Have a class discussion about the questions or have students write their responses in a journal entry. (continued on the next page...)
She says he never liked school. 5.
Kate thinks she might see rides, shows, and parades at the winter festival.
6.
Mrs. Harris is very good at baking pies.
7.
Mrs. Harris wants to stop by the craft tables on the way to the bake-off.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Small-Town Charm
Episode 11 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key cont. Class Activity Answers will vary. Put students in groups, and have them discuss what to do and what not to do when meeting their girlfriend or boyfriend’s parents. Then record their answers in the chart.
Dialogue Building This optional task is on page 9. Students should cut up the strips and rearrange them into the correct order. 1. m
5. b
9. i
13. o
2. e
6. g
10. j
14. l
3. p
7. d
11. f
15. c
4. n
8. k
12. a
16. h
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Neighbor and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Neighbour and Practise (when used as a verb, Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
Small-Town Charm
Episode 11 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Transcript Read the dialogue with your partner a few times. Take turns being each character. Practice your intonation and pronunciation. Underline or highlight any new words or phrases that you don’t understand.
Mrs. Harris
Kate
It’s nice to meet you, Mrs. Harris. Jason has told me so much about you. Likewise. I’m sorry about the awkward circumstances. We weren’t expecting Jason’s dad to split so quickly. Well, I hope you don’t mind me being here. I can take the bus back to school if you and Jason would rather have some alone time. Nonsense! The three of us are going to have a lovely weekend together. Jason tells me you are a great cook. He couldn’t wait to get here for some home cooking. That boy does love to eat. It’s a wonder he isn’t twice his size after eating all of that greasy restaurant food. Well, it’s a busy restaurant, and the customers love Jason. They keep him hopping. He is a charmer, isn’t he? I wish he would get busy doing something else, though. He can’t work in a restaurant forever. Maybe he’ll take some courses next year. You never know. Jason? Don’t count on it. That kid never liked school. He’s more likely to join the Peace Corps. You might be right. So what have you got planned for us this weekend? Jason said you wanted to take us to a festival or something? Yes, our little town has a winter festival every year. It just so happens it’s this weekend. So what can I expect? Rides, shows, parades? Actually, I thought I’d take you to the bake-off. Last year, I was the runner-up in the “best pie” category. I never turn down homemade pie. Jason probably told you I have a sweet tooth. Great! We can hit the craft tables on our way there.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
Small-Town Charm
Episode 11 of 15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Dialogue Building The dialogue below is not in the right order. Cut up the strips and then work alone or with a partner to rearrange them into the correct order. Then read the dialogue out loud.
a
Yes, our little town has a winter festival every year. It just so happens it’s this weekend.
b
Jason tells me you are a great cook. He couldn’t wait to get here for some home cooking.
c
I never turn down homemade pie. Jason probably told you I have a sweet tooth.
d
Well, it’s a busy restaurant, and the customers love Jason. They keep him hopping.
e
Likewise. I’m sorry about the awkward circumstances. We weren’t expecting Jason’s dad to split so quickly.
f
You might be right. So what have you got planned for us this weekend? Jason said you wanted to take us to a festival or something?
g
That boy does love to eat. It’s a wonder he isn’t twice his size after eating all of that greasy restaurant food.
h
Great! We can hit the craft tables on our way there.
i
Maybe he’ll take some courses next year. You never know.
j
Jason? Don’t count on it. That kid never liked school. He’s more likely to join the Peace Corps.
k
He is a charmer, isn’t he? I wish he would get busy doing something else, though. He can’t work in a restaurant forever.
l
Actually, I thought I’d take you to the bake-off. Last year, I was the runner-up in the “best pie” category.
m
It’s nice to meet you, Mrs. Harris. Jason has told me so much about you.
n
Nonsense! The three of us are going to have a lovely weekend together.
o
So what can I expect? Rides, shows, parades?
p
Well, I hope you don’t mind me being here. I can take the bus back to school if you and Jason would rather have some alone time.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Historic Events
Syrian Refugee Crisis Pre-Reading A. Warm-Up Questions 1. What is a refugee? 2. Where is Syria? 3. Why have millions of Syrians fled their homeland since 2011?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match up as many words and meanings as you can. Check this exercise again after seeing the words in context on page 2. 1.
movement
a)
a battle between people or groups in one country
2.
resignation
b)
an effort to create change that spreads from one place to another
3.
civil war
c)
cruel and violent punishment
4.
refugee camp
d)
more than full
5.
displaced
e)
a person who illegally brings people or things into an area
6.
torture
f)
the giving up of one’s job or position of leadership
7.
smuggler
g)
a temporary settlement for displaced people
8.
desperate
h)
public health issues related to sewage and cleanliness
9.
sanitation
i)
related to the basic survival needs of humans
10. overflowing
j)
having very serious needs
11. makeshift
k)
temporary, made quickly with little effort
12. humanitarian
l)
not living at home due to war or a humanitarian crisis
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Syrian Refugee Crisis
Historic Events
Reading 1. In the spring of 2011, anti-government protests spread across the Middle East. The movement became known as the Arab Spring. In Syria, protestors demanded the resignation of President Assad. Government forces answered with violence. This sparked a civil war. 2. As the conflict worsened between government forces and rebels, millions of Syrian civilians began to flee their homes. Within four years, nearly half of the nation’s population had fled. Many have ended up in refugee camps. 3. D isplaced people often flee in the dark with just the clothes on their backs. If they are caught, they are killed, tortured, or forced into battle. Some are forced to give all of their money to border guards or smugglers. In Syria, many left on buses in mass evacuations. The buses became targets, and evacuations were stalled. 4. Since March 2011, approximately 11 million Syrians have fled their homes. Close to half of these people have left the country. Many have made it to refugee camps in neighboring nations, including Lebanon, Jordan, Turkey, and Iraq. When the refugees arrive, they are exhausted from their journey. They are also in desperate need of food, shelter, and health care.
“On World Refugee Day, 20 June, we honor the strength and resilience of the more than 50 million people around the world who have fled war, persecution, and human rights abuses.”
5. In camps such as Zaatari in Jordan, tens of thousands of Syrians have set up new villages. These camps have makeshift stores, schools, hospitals, and places to play football. Though a refugee camp is meant as a temporary place of settlement, Syrians don’t expect to go home anytime soon.
—Ban Ki-moon
Pronunciation Tip The plural of crisis is crises. Pronounce it like cry-seas. What other irregular plural nouns can you think of?
6. Syria’s neighboring countries don’t have the resources to feed, shelter, and provide health care and education to millions of people. Water shortages and poor sanitation are two of the biggest problems. The refugee camps in Iraq have the worst conditions. They are already overflowing with Iraqis who have fled their homes due to war and hunger. 7. The Syrian civil war has resulted in one of the worst humanitarian crises in recent history. Approximately 470,000 people have been killed in the war. Some European nations have closed or restricted access to refugees, saying they have lost control of their borders. Other nations have responded by accepting more refugees than ever before.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Syrian Refugee Crisis
Historic Events
Comprehension A. Timeline Place the following in chronological order (1–7). One item is not mentioned in the reading. Place a star beside it and guess where it belongs. Syrians began arriving in refugee camps in border countries. Border countries realized they didn’t have the resources to support so many refugees. Many Syrians began to flee their homes. Syrians protested in the streets, and demanded that President Assad resign. group of teenage Syrians were arrested and tortured A for writing anti-government slogans on a school wall. The unrest in Syria developed into a civil war. Rebel groups began to battle government forces.
B. Ask and Answer Practice asking and answering the following questions with your partner. Then write your answers in complete sentences in your notebook. 1. What was the Arab Spring?
Pronunciation Tip
2. W hat did many Syrian civilians do when a civil war broke out in their country?
To seek refuge means to look for a safe place. The word refuge is pronounced like refugee without the -ee.
3. Why is it dangerous for Syrians to flee their homes? 4. Why do many Syrians arrive at refugee camps with no money? 5. What happens when Syrians seek refuge in Iraq? 6. What is Zaatari?
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Syrian Refugee Crisis
Historic Events
Grammar Review HOME
A. Reference
“Though a refugee camp is meant as a temporary place of settlement, Syrians don’t expect to go home anytime soon.” As a Noun
As an Adverb
The word “home” usually functions as a noun.
When paired with the verb “go,” the word “home” can function as an adverb, indicating a direction.
• I love my home. • I forgot my keys at home.
• T he children want to go home. • When can we go home? • The refugees may never go home. The word “home” can act as an adverb with other verbs, such as stay, drive, fly, return, arrive, come, leave, and move. When “home” acts as an adverb, no article, pronoun, or preposition is used.
B. Practice Work as a class to make some sentences with the adverb “home.” Use the verb “go” as well as some of the other verbs mentioned above.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Syrian Refugee Crisis
Historic Events
Vocabulary Review Choose the word or phrase with the closest meaning to the underlined word or phrase in the following sentences. 1. The sewage facilities in the camps are in desperate need of repair.
3. The refugee camps in Jordan have grown so large that they are more like towns.
a) serious b) security c) sanitation 2. They were hungry and extremely tired after walking through the desert for three weeks.
a) humanitarian effort b) temporary settlements c) displaced people 4. The makeshift school has one teacher for three hundred students.
a) displaced b) exhausted c) tortured
a) temporary b) poor c) busy
5. When Syria’s president refused to resign, a civil war broke out. a) fight back b) quit c) apologize
6. The family fled in the darkness and hid in war-torn buildings. a) ran away b) fought c) protested
Discussion 1. Have you been following this humanitarian crisis in the news? What other crises are happening around the world? 2. What often happens to displaced people who try to seek refuge by boat? 3. Whose responsibility is it to help bordering nations in a crisis like Syria’s? 4. How is Syria’s civil war different from other wars in history? 5. In January 2017, President Trump signed an executive order banning Syrian refugees from the US. Trump identified these refugees as a terrorist threat. How do you feel about this decision?
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
Syrian Refugee Crisis
Historic Events
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: High Int
In this lesson, students read about the massive humanitarian crisis
TIME:
caused by the Syrian civil war. Students discuss refugee camps and
TAGS: Syria, Syrian, refugee, refugee camp,
review the use of “home” as an adverb.
2–2.5 hours
World Refugee Day, migrants, war, Middle East
Pre-Reading
5.
A. WARM-UP QUESTIONS
6.
Syrians who seek refuge in Iraq find refugee camps that are already filled with desperate Iraqis. Iraq has its own conflict. Zaatari is a large refugee camp in Jordan that seems like more than a temporary settlement. It has villages, hospitals, schools,
Individual answers.
and stores. (In fact, it is one of Jordan’s largest towns.)
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
Grammar Review
1. b
3. a
5. l
7. e
9. h
11. k
2. f
4. g
6. c
8. j
10. d
12. i
Find more teaching tips related to this use of “home” on our blog: http://blog.esllibrary.com/2015/04/16/go-home/
Comprehension
Vocabulary Review
A. TIMELINE 6 Syrians began arriving in refugee camps in border countries. 7 Border countries realized they didn’t have the resources to support so many refugees.
1. c
2. b
3. b
4. a
5. b
6. a
Discussion
5 Many Syrians began to flee their homes. 2 Syrians protested in the streets, and
Answers will vary.
demanded President Assad to resign. 1* A group of teenage Syrians were arrested and tortured for writing anti-government slogans on a school wall. 4 T he unrest in Syria developed into a civil war. 3 Rebel groups began to battle government forces. B. ASK AND ANSWER 1.
T he Arab Spring was an anti-government movement
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the words Honor, Neighboring, and Practice. Most other English-speaking countries spell these words this way: Honour, Neighbouring, and Practise (when used as a verb; Practice when used as a noun). Make it a challenge for your students to find these words in the lesson and see if they know the alternate spellings.
in the Middle East that began in the spring of 2011. 2.
Many Syrian civilians fled their homes when civil war broke out.
3.
It is dangerous to flee because if they get caught they might be killed, tortured, or forced to join the fight.
4.
Many Syrians arrive at refugee camps with no money because they have to pay smugglers or border guards to help them escape.
Copyright 2017, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
Historic Events
The Migrant Children Crisis Pre-Reading A. Warm-Up Questions 1. W hat is the difference between a “migrant” and an “immigrant”? 2. W hat reasons do families have for fleeing their homelands? 3. I n what situations should illegal immigrants be deported to their home countries? Should children ever face deportation?
B. Vocabulary Preview Match up as many words and meanings as you can. Check this exercise again after seeing the words in context on page 2. 1.
seek asylum
a) alone (e.g., without a parent or guardian)
2.
multitude
b) to try to sneak something or someone into an area illegally
3.
in tow
c) requiring great effort
4.
arduous
d) legal action taken against someone who committed a crime
5.
zero tolerance
e) to search for safety and freedom in another region or country
6.
prosecution
f) to send someone back to their home or legal country
7.
smuggle
g) a policy that does not allow for any exceptions
8.
unaccompanied
h) without the required legal paperwork
9.
undocumented
i) many different things or types
10. deport
j) accompanied by another person(s) or heavy thing(s)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
The Migrant Children Crisis
Historic Events
Reading 1. Every year, millions of people seek asylum in hopes of finding a safer or better life. Desperate families often cross borders illegally to escape poverty, disease, war, and a multitude of other hardships. The journey for most migrants is long and dangerous. With children in tow it is even more arduous, and for many migrant families, the threat of being separated from each other is their greatest fear. 2. In the spring of 2018, this nightmare became a reality for many families trying to cross into the United States. That’s when President Trump’s zero tolerance of illegal migration went into effect. Under his new policy, illegal migrants would be immediately detained for prosecution. Attorney General Jeff Sessions warned: “If you are smuggling a child, then we will prosecute you, and that child may be separated from you as required by law.” When a nursing baby was taken from her Honduran mother by US border agents, the unfolding crisis became headline news.
“Once the parent and child are apart, they are on separate legal tracks.” — John Sandweg, former director of US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)
3. Approximately 2,500 migrant children were separated from their parents at the southern US border in the first six weeks following the attorney general’s announcement. Since children cannot be prosecuted in the US, they were placed in temporary shelters and detention centers while their parents awaited charges. The new policy created overcrowding in the holding areas and included no plans for the reunification of families. One large facility in Texas housing 1,500 unaccompanied minors was a former Walmart store. 4. The UN’s top human rights official called the new US policy “government-sanctioned child abuse.” Many psychologists and doctors agreed with the UN that breaking up migrant families was a serious violation of children’s rights. Research shows that separating children from parents often results in toxic stress, which can cause many health problems including long-term effects on children’s developing brains. 5. On June 20, 2018, President Trump caved to pressure and signed an executive order allowing migrant families to stay together while awaiting prosecution. This reversal introduced new problems since children can only be kept in detention for 20 days in the US. 6. In countries with strict immigration laws, undocumented children often live in constant fear of their parents being deported. In some cases, parents are deported without their children. Immigration workers and lawyers agree that reuniting families becomes much more difficult when parents and children no longer share the same soil.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
The Migrant Children Crisis
Historic Events
Comprehension Discuss these questions in pairs and write the answers in your notebook. 1. What is the reading mainly about? 2. Paraphrase the attorney general’s warning. 3. Why does the reading mention Walmart? 4. Where would the following sentence fit in the reading?
Though this facility was reportedly clean and functional, many others have been described as prison-like cages. 5. W hy were medical professionals so concerned about America’s immigration policy change?
Vocabulary Review A. Complete the Sentences Choose a word from the vocabulary on page 1 to complete the following sentences. You may have to change the word form. 1. children are not permitted in the water park. 2. immigrants are not allowed to vote. 3. drugs across the border is just one of a multitude of her crimes. 4. The distraught mother was back to Mexico without her children. 5. Reuniting families without any paperwork is an task. 6. Repeat offenders are more likely to face than those who have only tried to illegally cross the border once.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
The Migrant Children Crisis
Historic Events
Vocabulary Review cont. B. Matching Match the sentences on the left with the paraphrased version on the right. 1.
My mom had three young kids in tow.
a) We will be living in the same country again soon.
2.
We’ll soon share the same soil once again.
b) This is breaking news. We’ll know more soon.
3.
There is zero tolerance for drug abuse.
4.
This story is just unfolding.
d) He couldn’t handle the bad press anymore, so he reversed his decision.
5.
The president tried to uphold the policy, but he caved under pressure.
e) We were a lot of work and responsibility for one person.
c) There are no exceptions for this infraction.
Paraphrasing A. Reference In writing, paraphrasing means rewording an excerpt (a block of text). Paraphrasing is closely related to quoting and summarizing. A summary is an overview of a main idea. A quote is the exact wording of the original text in quotation marks. A paraphrase is somewhere in the middle.
3 Keys to Paraphrasing 1. R ephrase the excerpt or information in your own words with a new structure and style.
When you paraphrase, you use your own words to rephrase the original thought or information. You also give credit where credit is due.
2. U se quotation marks around any unique phrasing copied directly from an original source.
B. Practice
3. C redit the original source (unless it’s based on very common knowledge).
At the height of the crisis, former First Lady Laura Bush wrote a critique of President Trump’s policy. She compared the separation of migrant families at the southern border to the Japanese American internment camps of World War II. Read Laura Bush’s opinion piece (op-ed) from The Washington Post. Paraphrase one paragraph in writing.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
The Migrant Children Crisis
Historic Events
Migration Terminology A. Reference Word
Meaning
migrant
A migrant is a person who leaves his or her homeland in search of a better or safer place to live. This often includes crossing international borders. A migrant who is not legally allowed to cross a border becomes an illegal migrant. A migrant child who arrives alone or is separated from a parent at a border is often referred to as an unaccompanied minor.
refugee
A refugee is a person who flees his or her homeland due to fear or lack of protection in one’s own country. This person has “refugee status” in the region they’ve escaped to.
asylum seeker
An asylum seeker is someone who considers himself or herself to be a refugee but does not have official refugee status. Asylum seekers must appear at a legal port of entry to make a refugee claim.
immigrant
An immigrant is a person who lives permanently in a country that is not his or her homeland. The term legal immigrant is often used to distinguish between a person who holds the documentation required to live in a country as opposed to an undocumented (or illegal) immigrant (i.e., someone who has lived in a country without legal documentation for an extended period of time).
emigrant
An emigrant is a person who leaves his or her homeland to move to another country. The focus is on where a person is leaving from rather than where they’re moving to. Note that in general, the term immigrant is much more common than emigrant.
B. What Am I? Listen to your teacher read some descriptions of people who have left their homelands. Which term best describes each person or group? 1.
5.
2.
6.
3.
7.
4.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
5
The Migrant Children Crisis
Historic Events
Discussion 1. In your opinion, is it a form of child abuse to separate migrant children from their parents? 2. Can shelters and tent cities provide appropriate housing for child migrants? Does it surprise you that these are still used in the US? 3. Is border security important to you personally? Why or why not? 4. The Trump administration wants to build a wall to deter illegal migration. Do you think this will be helpful? Is it a good use of money? Explain your opinions. 5. Is keeping migrant families together in detention better than the “catch and release” method? (This was the method former administrations used when an illegal border crossing was treated as a misdemeanor rather than a felony. Families and low-risk asylum seekers were typically released into the community to await their immigration hearing.) What do you think should happen to the detained children after the maximum 20 days based on the zero tolerance policy? 6. Some families have repeatedly tried to immigrate illegally. Do you think repeat offenders should be prosecuted more harshly? When parents know they could be separated from their children at the border and still attempt the crossing, is this a form of child abuse? 7. Do you think the zero tolerance policy helps prevents people from smuggling children out of the country who are not their own? 8. In some countries, undocumented immigrants who migrated with their parents can be deported to a country they have no memory of or connection to. Do you think this is fair? Now come up with two more discussion questions on this topic and discuss them with a partner or group. 9.
10.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
6
The Migrant Children Crisis
Historic Events
Listening http://blog.esllibrary.com/2018/06/19/podcast-migrant-children/ Fill in the blanks as you listen to the recording. 1. E very year, millions of people seek in hopes of finding a safer or better life. Desperate families often cross borders illegally to escape poverty, disease, war, and a multitude of other hardships. The journey for most migrants is long and dangerous. With children in tow it is even more , and for many migrant families, the threat of being separated from each other is their greatest fear. 2. I n the spring of 2018, this nightmare became a reality for many families trying to cross into the United States. That’s when President Trump’s of illegal migration went into effect. Under his new policy, illegal migrants are to be immediately detained for prosecution. Attorney General Jeff Sessions warned: “If you are a child, then we will prosecute you, and that child may be separated from you as required by law.” When a nursing baby was taken from her Honduran mother by US border agents, the unfolding crisis became headline news. 3. A pproximately 2,500 migrant children were separated from their parents at the US southern border in the first six weeks following Sessions’s announcement. Since children cannot be in the US, they were placed in temporary shelters and detention centers while their parents awaited charges. The
new policy created overcrowding in the holding areas and included no plans for the reunification of families. One large facility in Texas housing 1,500 minors was a former Walmart store. 4. T he UN’s top human rights official called the new US policy “government- child abuse.” Many psychologists and doctors agreed with the UN that breaking up migrant families is a serious of children’s rights. Research shows that separating children from parents often results in toxic stress, which can cause many health problems including long-term effects on children’s developing brains. 5. On June 20, 2018, President Trump caved to pressure and signed an executive order to allow migrant families to stay together while awaiting prosecution. This reversal introduced new problems since children can only be kept in detention for 20 days in the US. 6. I n countries with strict immigration laws, undocumented children often live in constant fear of their parents being deported. In some cases, parents are deported without their children. Immigration workers and lawyers agree that reuniting families becomes much more difficult when parents and children no longer share the same soil.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
7
The Migrant Children Crisis
Historic Events
Answer Key LESSON DESCRIPTION:
LEVEL: High Int – Adv
Students read about illegal migration and how a controversial
TIME:
US policy affects migrant children. They discuss deportation and shelters and practice paraphrasing.
1.5–2 hours
TAGS: discussion, immigration, illegal immigrants, migrant children, migrants, refugees, World Refugee Day, Donald Trump, US, policy
Pre-Reading
Comprehension
A. WARM-UP QUESTIONS
1.
T he reading is mainly about a controversial immigration policy change in the US that affects migrant families.
Have students work in small groups or as a class.
2.
Answers will vary.
The attorney general warned that illegal migrants would face immediate prosecution, and if they had children in tow they may be separated.
B. VOCABULARY PREVIEW
3.
1. e
3. j
5. g
7. b
9. h
2. i
4. c
6. d
8. a
10. f
Reading (and/or Listening)
The reading mentions Walmart because an old Walmart was converted into a detention center for undocumented children.
4.
The sentence fits best at the end of paragraph 3.
5.
Medical professionals were concerned about America’s immigration policy change because it meant more children were being separated from their parents. This separation can
Read individually, in small groups, or as a class. You can also play
result in toxic stress, which can cause major health problems
the listening as your students read along. A gap-fill version of the
in children, including long-term effects on their brains.
reading is available on page 7. Help your students with vocabulary and expressions that they are unfamiliar with.
Vocabulary Review A. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES 1.
Unaccompanied
3.
Smuggling
5.
arduous
2.
Undocumented
4.
deported
6.
prosecution
B. PHR ASE MATCH 1. e
2. a
3. c
4. b
5. d
(continued on the next page...)
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
8
The Migrant Children Crisis
Historic Events
Answer Key cont. Paraphrasing
6.
If your students want to explore this topic further, share
7.
It’s really hard to find food and work in my country. I tried to sneak through the border. What am I?
Laura Bush’s op-ed from The Washington Post (June 17, 2018):
I lived in Australia for most of my life, but now I have US citizenship. What am I?
http://bit.ly/LauraBushOp-Ed If your students are new to paraphrasing, you may want to try
Answers:
the How to Paraphrase lesson from our Writing in English section:
1.
You are refugees.
https://esllibrary.com/courses/74/lessons/2465
2.
You are a legal immigrant/ an immigrant.
3.
You are an illegal migrant.
Reference
4.
You are asylum seekers.
5.
You are unaccompanied minors (also illegal migrants).
Go through the reference chart with your students and help
6.
You are an illegal migrant.
7.
You are an emigrant.
them understand the different terminology for migrants and migration. For more information and examples on emigrate and immigrate, see the fifth entry in this blog post: http://blog.esllibrary.
Discussion
com/2012/11/22/6-commonly-confused-word-pairs/ Answers will vary.
Migration Terminology B. WHAT AM I? Check your students’ understanding of the related terms. Read the sentences out loud. Sentences: 1.
My family is running from our war-torn country. We go to a legal port of entry and declare that it is unsafe for us to return home. We are granted access to the US. What are we?
2.
3.
Listening 1.
asylum, arduous
2.
zero tolerance, smuggling
3.
prosecuted, unaccompanied
4.
sanctioned, violation
SPELLING NOTE: This lesson shows the American spelling of the word Center. Most other English-speaking countries spell it this way: Centre.
I moved to New York five years ago, and I am
Make it a challenge for your students to find this word in the
legally allowed to work in the US. What am I?
lesson and see if they know the alternate spelling.
I am from Guatemala. My parents both died. I am 18 years old. I tried to cross the border into the US illegally. What am I?
4.
Drug gangs have taken over my city. It is not safe to live here. We are going to plead our case at a US port of entry. What are we?
5.
My mom got caught trying to cross the border with me and my little sister. She got deported back. We are still here. What are we?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( H I G H
I N T – A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
9
Everyday Idioms 2
Quiz #1
Introduction – Episode 5 Vocabulary 1. W rite a two-part dialogue between Kate and her dad using the phrase “out of character.”
7. Write a definition for “entourage.”
Kate:
Dad: 8. I magine Kate and Melanie are talking on the phone. What might Kate say to get this response? 2. True or False? The opposite of “heading off” is “heading back.”
Kate:
Melanie: Go figure! 3. Provide a real-life example of “off to a rocky start.”
4. W hen a student’s schedule is jam-packed, they don’t have any . 5. What expression means the opposite of “falling apart”?
9. Which of the following does not describe Yuki? Circle your response. a) frosh b) Comp Sci c) major d) talkative e) annoying 10. Write a sentence using the phrase “cover the costs.”
6. Write a sentence using the word “spot” as both a noun and a verb.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Quiz #1
Introduction – Episode 5 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension 1. Name the three firsts that Kate will encounter in this series.
6. Who is Alex, and why does Kate need to speak with him so early in the school year?
2. What secret does Kate reveal to Melanie as she’s packing for university?
7. Why does Kate call her mom in episode 5?
3. What happens when Kate’s dad drops her off at university for the first time?
8. What does Kate’s mom mean when she says, “I suggest you whip that resume into shape”?
4. According to Kate, why did she accept the dorm assignment?
9. Who said, “It may be annoying, but it’s not exactly against the rules to speak your native language, Kate.”
5. Do Kate and Yuki seem like a good match as roommates when they first meet? Why or why not?
10. What do you know about Kate’s family’s financial status?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Quiz #1
Introduction – Episode 5 | Everyday Idioms 2
Writing MY DIARY Pretend you are Kate. Write a paragraph about your first week at school. Include at least three words or phrases that you’ve learned in the series.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Quiz #1
Introduction – Episode 5 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key NOTE: Use this quiz after you have completed the introduction and episodes 1–5. This quiz includes vocabulary, comprehension questions, and a short writing task.
Vocabulary 1.
Answers will vary.
2.
True
3.
Answers will vary.
4.
free time
6.
Alex is the Don at the dorm where Kate lives. She goes to see him because she doesn’t like living with her roommate. She shares her complaints.
7.
Kate calls her mom in episode 5 because she wants to move into a single room. She needs more money to pay for the private room.
8.
Kate’s mom means that her daughter needs to find
5.
in one piece
6.
Answers will vary.
a part-time job to pay for the single room. She’ll need
7.
Answers will vary slightly. An entourage is a group
to update her resume and start looking for work.
of people who follow someone wherever they go.
9.
8.
Answers will vary.
10. We know that things are tight at Kate’s house.
9.
a) frosh
10. Answers will vary.
Comprehension 1.
Choose 3:
Alex, the resident Don Kate has a student loan, and her parents can’t afford to help her pay for the single room.
Writing Answers will vary.
Kate will spend her first year away from home. Kate will start her first year of university. Kate will have her first roommate. Kate will take her first exams. Kate will have her first job in a restaurant. Kate will have her first serious relationship. 2.
Kate tells Melanie that she is going to be living in a coed dorm.
3.
When Kate’s dad drops her off at university, he finds out that his daughter is going to be living in a coed dorm. He is unhappy that Kate didn’t tell them about this. He does not approve!
4.
EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, “university” is sometimes referred to as “college.” American students refer to on-campus housing as “dorms,” while students in other English-speaking countries also use the terms “res,” “rez,” and “residence.” American students refer to a “don” as “RA,” or “Resident Assistant.” Moreover, a first‑year student is referred to as a “freshman” in the US, rather than a “frosh” or “first-year student.”
Kate says she accepted the coed dorm assignment because she couldn’t afford to live off campus. Her first choice of living in an all-girls dorm was unavailable.
5.
No, Kate and Yuki do not appear to be a good match when they first meet. They get off to a rocky start. They don’t seem to have anything in common, and Yuki isn’t very friendly.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Everyday Idioms 2
Quiz #2 Episodes 6–10 Vocabulary 1. W rite a two-part dialogue between Kate and her boss using the phrase “in a pinch.”
7. Write a definition for the verb “to ace.”
Kate:
Randy:
2. True or False? The opposite of “outgoing” is “bubbly.”
8. I magine Kate and Jason are talking on the phone. What might Jason say to this excuse? Use a vocabulary word from the series. Kate: No, it’s too late to go out for coffee. I’ll never get to sleep. Jason:
3. Why might someone say “you can say that again”? 9. Which of the following does not describe Kate? Circle your response.
4. When friends jam together, they make .
a) English major b) not interested in “the classics” c) only drinks decaf d) is bombing first semester 10. If an assignment doesn’t count, it...
5. What does the expression “to get one’s hopes up” mean?
6. Jason says his car is a lemon, but it gets him from to .
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Quiz #2
Episodes 6–10 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension 1. Why does the restaurant manager point out that the entrance is also the exit?
6. What is the lesson titled Kate’s Marks are Slipping about?
2. What is Kate’s reaction when Melanie says she wants to come and visit for the weekend?
7. What academic subject is Kate interested in learning about?
3. Who is Rick?
8. What does Jason mean when he says, “Whatever happens, happens”?
4. What do Kate and Jason do on their first date? 9. Who said the following, and why? “Well, for example, I could rhyme off upcoming specials or features as they’re paying or getting their coats on.”
5. What does Kate tell Jason about her major?
10. What do you know about Jason’s folks?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Quiz #2
Episodes 6–10 | Everyday Idioms 2
Writing MY DIARY Pretend you are Kate or Jason. Write a paragraph about your new job at a restaurant. Include at least three words or phrases that you’ve learned in the series.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Quiz #2
Episodes 6–10 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key NOTE: Use this quiz after you have completed episodes 6–10. This quiz includes vocabulary, comprehension questions, and a short writing task.
Vocabulary
10. Jason’s folks are going through a lot right now. They are splitting up. Jason says they always
1.
Answers will vary.
wanted him to go to college, so they will be happy
2.
False. They are synonyms.
he is dating a girl who is going to university.
3.
They agree strongly with something the other person just said.
4.
music
5.
Answers will vary slightly. “To get one’s hopes up” means to get excited about something that may not happen.
6.
A, B
7.
to achieve excellent results
8.
Answers will vary but should include “decaf.”
9.
c) only drinks decaf
10. will not be included in the grade.
Writing Answers will vary. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, “university” is usually referred to as “college.” When Canadians say “college” they are usually referring to a community college or technical school.
Comprehension 1.
He mentioned this to show that a hostess’s job is important at the beginning and end of a guest’s visit.
2.
Kate has a very busy weekend coming up, and she doesn’t think she’ll have much time to hang out with Melanie. Later in the dialogue she tries to convince her friend to come anyway.
3.
Rick is another student who lives in Kate’s dorm. They are just friends.
4.
Kate and Jason go out for coffee on their first date.
5.
Kate tells Jason that her major is English literature and that she didn’t put much thought into choosing it.
6.
The episode is about Kate going to see the guidance counselor. She is worried about her marks and wants to change her major.
7.
Kate is interested in social media and marketing.
8.
Jason means that he doesn’t worry too much about planning for the future.
9.
Kate provides an example for the restaurant manager in the interview when he asks her how a hostess can ensure that a guest comes back.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Everyday Idioms 2
Quiz #2 Episodes 11–15 Vocabulary 1. W rite a two-part dialogue between Kate and Jason’s mom using the phrase “sweet tooth.”
7. Write a definition for “to hit it off.”
Kate:
Mrs. Harris: 8. I magine Kate and Rick are studying. What might Kate say to get this response from Rick? 2. True or False? The opposite of “to turn down” is “to accept.”
Kate: Rick: It’s all Greek to me!
3. The word “flunk” is another word for . 4. What is the short form of the word “roommates”?
9. When Kate talks to Melanie about her first year at university, she says that she “just squeaked by.” What does this mean?
5. What does the expression “out in the boonies” mean? 10. If someone tells you to “just say it like it is,” they want you to...
6. In the last episode of “First Year,” Kate tells Melanie that she isn’t dating Jason anymore. She says he is “out of the .”
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
1
Quiz #3
Episodes 11–15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Comprehension 1. What did Mrs. Harris plan for Kate and Jason to do while they visited her?
6. What was Jason thinking about doing next year instead of going to college?
2. What confession does Kate make when she goes home for the holidays?
7. What was awkward about the timing of Kate’s visit to Jason’s hometown?
3. Why might Kate be able to quit her restaurant job?
8. What major thing happened to Melanie as a result of Kate being so busy during the weekend visit?
4. What are Kate and Rick doing rather than cramming for exams?
5. What reason does Kate give for quitting her job without telling Jason first?
9. Who said the following, and why? “He’s more likely to join the Peace Corps.”
10. What might Kate and Melanie do next year?
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
2
Quiz #3
Episodes 11–15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Writing DEAR... Pretend you are Mrs. Harris. Write a letter to a friend about meeting your son’s girlfriend. Include at least three words or phrases you learned in the series.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
3
Quiz #3
Episodes 11–15 | Everyday Idioms 2
Answer Key NOTE: Use this quiz after you have completed episodes 11–15. This quiz includes vocabulary, comprehension questions, and a short writing task.
Vocabulary
Comprehension
1.
Answers will vary.
1.
2.
True
3.
fail
4.
roomies
5.
in a rural area
6.
picture
7.
to get along well after a first meeting
8.
Answers will vary.
4.
They are eating pizza, chatting, and listening to music.
9.
This means that she passed, but only
5.
Kate tells Jason that she needs to concentrate
Mrs. Harris planned for Kate and Jason to go to the winter festival to see the bake-off and craft tables.
2.
When Kate goes home for the holidays, she tells her mother how poorly she is doing in school.
3.
Kate may be able to quit her job because her father got a holiday bonus and can help her out financially so she can concentrate on school.
just barely. She was very close to failing.
on school because her grades are slipping, and
10. They want you to tell the truth in plain and simple
she was afraid he would try to talk her out of quitting.
words. They don’t want you to worry about
6.
Jason is thinking about traveling to Italy.
their feelings. (Don’t beat around the bush.)
7.
The timing was awkward because Jason’s parents just split up. His dad just moved out.
8.
Melanie hooked up with Kate’s friend, Rick.
9.
Jason’s mother said this because she doubts that her son will ever go back to school.
10. Kate and Melanie might be roommates next year.
Writing Answers will vary. EDITOR’S NOTE: In the United States, “university” is usually referred to as “college.” When Canadians say “college” they are usually referring to a community college or technical school.
Copyright 2018, Red River Press Inc. For use by ESL Library members only. ( I N T
– A DV / V E R S I O N 2 . 0)
4
Student Book 1,2,3,4,5, 6 Audio App Interactive Platforms Level Certificate